manual hyundai accent 2006

278
2006

Upload: keffybfk

Post on 07-Mar-2015

808 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

TRANSCRIPT

2006

A020A01A-AAT

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 5. As the owner, it is yourresponsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer are carried outat the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used in severe driving conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required for some operations. Maintenance requirements for severe operatingconditions are also included in Section 5.

A010A03A-AAT

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE

Please consult your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet for your vehicle'sspecific warranty coverage.

All information in the Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time as part of ourpolicy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and expla-nations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may findmaterial in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

OWNER'S MANUAL

A030A01A-AAT

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

A080A01S-AAT

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

!A070A01A-AAT

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect theperformance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulationsestablished by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

!

A090A01A-AAT

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE.These titles indicate the following:

WARNING:This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other personsif the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTION:This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the cautionis not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

NOTE:This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

!

A110A01A-AAT

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with many high technology, electronically controlled systems thathelp to ensure your vehicle operates properly and provides the performance that you expect. Thesesystems utilize computers to monitor the operation of various systems and components and help tocontrol their operation. These computerized system operations are wide-ranging and involvecomponents to reduce emissions, to continuously evaluate the readiness of the airbag and seat beltpretensioner systems, to determine when the airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner systems should bedeployed and then to activate the deployment, and if equipped, to operate anti-lock braking, tractioncontrol and electrical stability control to assist the driver to control the vehicle in difficult drivingsituations. These systems electronically store information that is useful to service technicians whenthey need to diagnose and repair these systems. Additional information is stored only when a crashoccurs that results in the deployment of the airbags or seat belt pre-tensioners. This type of datastorage is done by devices called event data recorders(EDR).

After a crash event, the airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner computer system, known as theSupplemental Restraint System Control Module (SRSCM) or Airbag Control Unit (ACU), may recordsome information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was being operated. This informationconsists of data related to seat belt usage and if there was diagnostic information in the airbag or seatbelt systems at the time that a crash occurred, and if the ACU sensed that a crash of sufficient severityoccurred to require seat belt pre-tensioner or airbag deployment.

To retrieve this information, special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device thatstores the data is required. Hyundai will not access information about a crash event or share it withothers except:

o in response to an official request of police or similar government office, oro with the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee, oro as part of Hyundai’s defense of litigation, oro as required by law.

A040A01A-AAT

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminatingpeople who drive a Hyundai. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai webuild is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggestedthat you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction youreceive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance andany other assistance that may be required.

A050A04A-AAT

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note: Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai,please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION:Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants thatdo not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meetthe specifications listed on Page 9-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual andwhich also appear in the Service Station Information on the back cover of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2006 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permissionof Hyundai Motor Company.

!

A100A03A-AAT

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai Motor Companyto manufacture vehicles. They are de-signed and tested for the optimum safety,performance, and reliability to our cus-tomers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineeredand built to meet rigid manufacturingrequirements. Using imitation, counter-feit or used salvage parts is not coveredunder the Hyundai New Vehicle Lim-ited Warranty or any other Hyundaiwarranty. In addition, any damage to or

failure of Genuine Hyundai Parts causedby the installation or failure of an imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage part isnot covered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchasingHyundai Genuine Parts?

Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to theUnited States are packaged with labelswritten only in English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

" To find the closest authorized dealercall 1-800-826-CARS "

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 5

1

2

3

4

6

7

8

9

10

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS &BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX

B250A01MC-AAT

B250A01MC-U

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

1. Hood Release Lever ................................................... 1-90 2. Front Fog Light Switch (If Installed) ............................ 1-76 3. Panel Brightness Control Knob (Rheostat Switch) .... 1-75 4. Instrument Cluster ....................................................... 1-69 5. Multi-Function Light Switch ......................................... 1-72 6. Horn and Driver's Front Airbag .......................... 1-98, 1-42 7. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch .............................. 1-73 8. Hazard Warning Light Switch ..................................... 1-75 9. Digital Clock ................................................................ 1-7710. "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" Indicator ..................... 1-4911. Rear Window Defroster Switch ................................... 1-7612. Audio System (If Installed) ........................................ 1-119

13. Passenger's Front Airbag ........................................... 1-4214. Glove Box .................................................................... 1-8415. Heating/Air Conditioning Control Panel (If Installed) . 1-9916. Multi Box ..................................................................... 1-8517. Cigarette Lighter ......................................................... 1-7718. Power Outlet ............................................................... 1-7719. Ashtray ........................................................................ 1-7820. Shift Lever ..................................................................... 2-921. Parking Brake Lever ................................................... 1-8822. Front Drink Holder ...................................................... 1-7823. Trunk Lid Release Lever ............................................ 1-9424. Fuel Filler Lid Release Lever ..................................... 1-91

CAUTION:When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle, do not place it near the instrument clusternor on the instrument panel surface. If there is any leakage from the air freshener onto these areas(Instrument cluster, instrument panel or air ventilator), it may damage these parts. If the liquid from the airfreshener does leak onto these areas, wash them with water immediately.

!

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

High Beam Indicator Light

Parking Brake/Low Brake Fluid Level

Warning Light

Door Ajar Warning Light and Chime

O/D OFF Indicator

(Automatic transaxle only)

B255A01MC-AAT

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL

* More detailed explanations of these items will be found begining on page 1-64.

SRS (Airbag) Warning Light

ABS Service Reminder Indicator (If Installed)

Turn Signal Indicator Lights

Low Oil Pressure Warning Light

Charging System Warning Light

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

Malfunction Indicator Light

Seat Belt Warning Light and Chime

Trunk Lid / Tail Gate Open Warning Light

Check Fuel Filler Cap Warning Light

Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light

(If Installed)

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1Fuel Recommendations ................................................ 1-2Breaking in Your New Hyundai .................................... 1-3Keys .............................................................................. 1-4Door Locks ................................................................... 1-4Theft-Alarm System ...................................................... 1-8Window Glass ............................................................ 1-11Seats ........................................................................... 1-13Seat Belts ................................................................... 1-22Child Restraint System............................................... 1-31Advanced Supplemental Restraint (AIRBAG) System ...................................................................... 1-41Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ..................... 1-60Warning and Indicator Lights ...................................... 1-64Multi-Function Light Switch ......................................... 1-72Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch ....................... 1-73Sunroof ....................................................................... 1-79Mirror ........................................................................... 1-85Hood Release ............................................................. 1-90Heating and Cooling Control ...................................... 1-99Stereo Sound System .............................................. 1-117Audio System ........................................................... 1-119Antenna ..................................................................... 1-146

1

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

2 FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS

UNLEADEDFUEL ONLY

B010A01MC-A

!

B010A02MC-AAT

Use Unleaded Gasoline

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump OctaneRating of 87 (Research Octane Number91) or higher must be used in yourHyundai.

B010B01A-AAT

What About Gasohol?

Gasohol (a mixture of 90% unleadedgasoline and 10% ethanol or grain alco-hol) may be used in your Hyundai. How-ever, if your engine develops driveabilityproblems, the use of 100% unleadedgasoline is recommended. Fuels withunspecified quantities of alcohol, oralcohols other than ethanol, should notbe used.

B010C01A-AAT

Use of MTBE

Hyundai recommends that fuels contain-ing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether)over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) should not be used in yourHyundai.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may re-duce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

B010D01A-AAT

Do Not Use Methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your Hyundai.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

CAUTION:Your Hyundai's New Vehicle Limited War-ranty may not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance problemsthat are caused by the use of fuels con-taining methanol or fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

!

CAUTION:o Do not "top off" after the nozzle au-

tomatically shuts off when refueling.o Tighten the cap until it clicks, other-

wise the " " light will illuminate.o Always check that the fuel cap is

installed securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an accident.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

3

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

3BREAKING IN YOUR NEWHYUNDAI

B010F01A-AAT

Operation in Foreign Countries

If you are going to drive your Hyundai inanother country, be sure to:

o Observe all regulations regarding reg-istration and insurance.

o Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-able.

B010E01A-AAT

Gasolines for Cleaner Air

To help contribute to cleaner air, Hyundairecommends that you use gasolinestreated with detergent additives, whichhelp prevent deposit formation in theengine. These gasolines will help theengine run cleaner and enhance perfor-mance of the Emission Control System.

B020A01S-AAT

During the First 1200 Miles (2000Km)

No formal "break-in" procedure is requiredwith your new Hyundai. However, youcan contribute to the economical opera-tion and durability of your Hyundai byobserving the following recommenda-tions during the first 1200 miles (2000km).

o Don't drive faster than 55 MPH (88 km/h).

o While driving, keep your engine speed(rpm, or revolutions per minute) be-tween 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

o Use moderate acceleration. Don't startquickly or depress the acceleratorpedal fully.

o For the first 200 miles (300 km), try toavoid hard stops.

o Don't lug the engine (in other words,don't drive so slowly in too high a gearthat the engine "bucks"-shift to a lowergear).

o Whether going fast or slow, vary yourspeed from time to time.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

o Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200miles (2,000 km) of operation.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

4 DOOR LOCKS

!

B030B01NF-GAT

Record Your Key Number

A code number is recorded on the num-ber tag that came with the keys to yourHyundai. This key number tag should notbe left with the keys but kept in a safeplace, not in the vehicle. The key numbershould also be recorded in a place whereit can be found in an emergency.If you need additional keys, or if youshould lose your keys, your authorizedHyundai dealer can make new keys if youcan supply the key number.

B030B01MC

B040A01A-AAT

WARNING:o Unlocked doors can be dangerous.

Before you drive away (especially ifthere are children in the car), be surethat all the doors are securely closedand locked so that the doors cannotbe opened from the inside. This helpsensure that the doors will not beopened accidentally. Also, when com-bined with the proper use of seatbelts, locking the doors helps keepoccupants from being ejected fromthe car in case of an accident.

o Before opening the door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

KEYS

B030A01A-AAT

For greater convenience, the same keyoperates all the locks in your Hyundai.However, because the doors can belocked without a key, carrying a spare keyis recommended in case you accidentallylock one key inside the car.

OMC025001

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

5

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

5

B040B02A-AAT

Locking and Unlocking Front Doorswith a Key

o The door can be locked or unlockedwith a key.

o Lock the door by turning the key to-ward the front of the vehicle and un-lock it by turning the key toward therear.

NOTE:The driver's door can be unlocked byturning the key once toward the rear. Ifyou wish to unlock all doors, turn the keyagain toward the rear within 4 seconds(With the central door locking system).

OMC025005

UNLOCK

LOCK

The doors can be locked without a key.To lock the doors, first push the insidelock switch to the "LOCK" position so thatthe red mark on the switch is not visible,then close the door.

NOTE:o When pushing the lock switch of the

passenger's door to the "LOCK" po-sition, all doors can be locked.

o If your vehicle is equipped with thecentral door locking system, the doorwill not lock if the key is left in theignition switch when the front doorsare closed.

B040C01MC-AAT

Locking from Outside

B040C04MC

o When locking the door from outside,be careful not to lock the door withthe ignition key left in the vehicle.

o To protect against theft, always re-move the ignition key, close all win-dows, and lock all doors and thetrunk lid (4 Door) / tail gate (3 Door)when leaving your vehicle unat-tended.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

6

!B040D01MC-AAT

Locking from the Inside

To lock the doors from the inside, simplyclose the door and push the lock switchto the "LOCK" position.

NOTE:o When pushing the lock switch of the

passenger's door to the "LOCK" po-sition, all doors can be locked.

o When the door is locked, the redmark on the switch is not visible.

o The driver's door can be opened bypulling the inside door handle even ifthe inside lock switch is pushed tothe "LOCK" position.

B040E04A-AAT

CHILD-PROTECTOR REAR DOORLOCK (4 Door)

Your Hyundai is equipped with left andright side "child-protector" rear door locks.

OMC025006

UNLOCK

LOCK

B040E01MC

WARNING:Be careful not to pull the inside doorhandle while driving. If you pull the insidedoor handle, the door can be opened andyou may be ejected from the vehicle andcan be injured or killed.

When the lock mechanism is engaged,the rear door cannot be opened from theinside. Its use is recommended when-ever there are small children in the rearseat.

To engage the child-protector feature sothat the door cannot be opened from theinside, move the child-protector lever tothe " " position and close the door. Movethe lever to the " " position when nor-mal door operation is desired.

To open the door from the outside, pullthe outside door handle.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

7

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

7

!

B040G01MC-AAT

Central Door Locks (If Installed)

The central door locking switch is lo-cated on the driver's armrest. It is oper-ated by depressing the door lock switch.If any door is open when the switch isdepressed to the "LOCK" position, thedoor will remain locked when closed.

NOTE:o When depressing the front portion

of the door lock switch, all vehicledoors will lock.

o When depressing the rear portion ofthe switch, all vehicle doors will un-lock.

B040G02MC

o The driver's door can be opened bypulling the inside door handle even ifthe front portion of the central doorlocking switch has been depressedto lock the doors.

o If the door is locked/unlocked mul-tiple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operat-ing temporarily in order to protectthe circuit and prevent damage tosystem components.

o The central door locking is operatedby turning the key in the driver'sdoor lock toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

WARNING:Be careful not to pull the inside doorhandle while driving. If you pull the in-side door handle, the door can be openedand you may be ejected from the ve-hicle and can be injured or killed.

!

B070F03O-AAT

KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM(If Installed)

NOTE:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference. and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received.Including interference that may causeundesired operation.

CAUTION:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's au-thority to operate the equipement

UNLOCKLOCK

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

8 THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

B070A01A-AAT

(If Installed)

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Alarm" stage, and the thirdis the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, thesystem provides an audible alarm withblinking of the turn signal lights.

Locking doors

1. Close all doors.2. Push the "LOCK" button on the trans-

mitter.3. At the same time all doors lock, the turn

signal light will blink once to indicatethat the system is armed.

Unlocking doors

1. Push the "UNLOCK" button on thetransmitter.

2. At the same time the driver's doorunlocks, the turn signal light will blinktwice to indicate that the system isdisarmed.

NOTE:If you wish to unlock all the doors, pressthe "UNLOCK" button on the transmitteragain within 4 seconds.

NOTE:The transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:- The ignition key is in ignition switch.- You exceed the operating distance

limit (10 m).- The battery in the transmitter is weak.- Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.- The weather is extremely cold.- The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio stationor an airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an autho-rized Hyundai Dealer.

NOTE:Keep the transmitter away from water orany liquid. If the keyless entry system isinoperative due to exposure to water orliquids, it will not be covered by yourmanufacturer vehicle warranty.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

9

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

9

!B070B01MC-A

B070B01MC-AAT

Armed Stage

Park the car and stop the engine. Arm thesystem as described in the following para-graph.

1) Remove the ignition key from the igni-tion switch.

2) Make sure that the engine hood andtrunk lid (4 Door)/tail gate (3 Door) areclosed and latched.

3) Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, theturn signal lights will blink once to indi-cate that the system is armed.

The system can be armed by locking thedoors with the key from the driver's door.However, the hazard warning lights arenot operated.

NOTE:If any door, trunk lid (4 Door)/tail gate (3Door) or engine hood remains open, thesystem will not be armed. If this hap-pens, rearm the system as describedabove.

CAUTION:o Do not arm the system until all pas-

sengers have left the car. If the sys-tem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the car, the alarm may beactivated when the remainingpassenger(s) leaves the car.

o If the "LOCK" button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds after pushingthe "LOCK" button on the transmit-ter, the alarming horn will sound onceto indicate that the system is armed.

LOCK

B070C01MC-AAT

Alarm Stage

The alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the car is parkedand the system is armed.

1) Any door, tail gate (3 Door) included,is opened without using the transmitteror the ignition key.

2) The trunk lid(4 Door) is opened with-out using the ignition key.

3) The engine hood is opened.

The alarming horn will sound and the turnsignal lights will blink continuously for 27seconds (This happens 3 times). To turnoff the system, unlock the door with thetransmitter or the ignition key.

CAUTION:Avoid trying to start the engine while thesystem is armed.

!

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

10

B070E01MC-AAT

Replacing the battery

When the transmitter's battery begins toget weak, it may take several pushes onthe button to lock or unlock the doors, andthe LED will not light. Replace the batteryas soon as possible.

Battery type : CR2032

B070E01MC-AAT

Panic Warning

1. Push the "PANIC" button on the trans-mitter.

2. At the same time, the alarming hornwill sound and the turn signal lightswill blink continuously for 30 seconds.

3. To turn off the system, push any buttonon the transmitter or lock/unlock thedoors by turning the key.

B070E01MC-A

B070D01MC-AAT

Disarmed Stage

The system will be disarmed when thefollowing step is taken:

The doors are unlocked by depressingthe "UNLOCK" button on the transmitteror unlocked with the ignition key.

After depressing unlock button, the haz-ard warning lights will blink twice to indi-cate that the system is disarmed.

If any door, trunk lid(4 Door)/tail gate(3Door) or engine hood is not opened within30 seconds, the system will be rearmed.

B070D01MC-A

NOTE:When the system is disarmed with theinterior light switched to "DOOR", theinterior light will illuminate for 30 sec-onds.UNLOCK

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

11

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

11

Battery

1KMA2003

Replacement instructions:

1. Carefully separate the case with ablade screwdriver.

2. Remove the old battery from the caseand note the polarity. Make sure thepolarity of the new battery is thesame(+side facing up), then insert it inthe transmitter.

WINDOW GLASS

!

3FDA2015

B050A01A-AAT

To raise or lower the window, turn thewindow regulator handle clockwise orcounterclockwise.

WARNING:When opening or closing the windows,make sure your passenger's arms,hands and body are safely out of the way.

B060A02MC-AAT

POWER WINDOWS (If Installed)

The power windows operate when the ig-nition key is in the "ON" position. The mainswitches are located on the driver's armrestand control the front (4/3 Door) and rearwindows (4Door) on both sides of the ve-hicle. The windows may be opened bydepressing the appropriate window switchand closed by pulling up the switch. Toopen the window on the driver's side, pressthe switch(1) halfway down. The windowmoves as long as the switch is operated. Tofully open the driver's window automati-cally, press the switch fully down.

4 Door

3 Door

B060A01MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

12

! WARNING:o Passengers can be injured if their

head, hands or other body parts aretrapped by a closing window. Al-ways check for obstructions beforeraising any window.

o NEVER leave the ignition key in thevehicle.

o NEVER leave any child unattendedin the vehicle. Even very youngchildren may inadvertently cause thevehicle to move, entangle them-selves in the windows, or otherwiseinjure themselves or others.

o Do not attempt to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door and aswitch on another door in opposingdirections at the same time. If this isdone, the window will stop and can-not be opened or closed.

OMC025015

NOTE:The power windows can be operated for30 seconds after the ignition key isturned to the "ACC" or "LOCK" posi-tions, or removed from the ignitionswitch. If the front doors are openedduring this 30 second period, the powerwindows can no longer be operated with-out the ignition key turned to the "ON"position.

In order to prevent operation of the pas-senger front (4/3 Door) and rear windows(4Door), a window lock switch(2) is pro-vided on the armrest of the driver's door.To disable the power windows, press thewindow lock switch. To revert to normaloperation, press the window lock switcha second time.

B060A02MC

In automatic operation, the window will fullyopen even if you let go of the switch. To stopat the desired opening, pull up and releasethe switch.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

13

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

13SEATS

B080A01MC-AAT

B080A01MC-A

Driver’s seat

1. Seat forward/rearward lock releaselever

2. Seatback recliner control lever3. Seat cushion height control lever

Front passenger’s seat

4. Seat forward/rearward lock releaselever

5. Seatback recliner control lever

Rear seats

6. Seatback folding lever (If Installed)7. Armrest (If Installed)

4 Door

3 Door

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

14

To move the seat toward the front or rear,pull the lock release lever upward. Thiswill release the seat on its track so youcan move it forward or rearward to thedesired position.When you find the position you want,release the lever and slide the seat for-ward or rearward on its track until it locksinto the desired position and cannot bemoved further.

OMC025026

! WARNING:After adjusting the seat, always checkthat it is securely locked into place byattempting to move the seat forward orreverse without using the lock releaselever. Sudden or unexpected move-ment of the driver's seat could causeyou to lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

B080B03A-AAT

FRONT SEATSAdjusting Seat Forward and Rear-ward! WARNING:

o Never adjust the driver’s seat whilethe vehicle is moving. Any suddenor unexpected movement of the seatcould cause you to lose control ofthe vehicle resulting in an accident.Only adjust the driver’s seat whenthe vehicle is stationary.

o Do not sit or lean unnecessarily closeto the airbag. Position the seat sothat you can sit as far back as pos-sible from the airbag and still com-fortably reach all controls.

B080A01FC-AAT

ADJUSTABLE SEATS

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

15

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

15

B080C02A-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

To recline the seatback, lean forward totake your weight off it, then pull up on therecliner control lever at the outside edgeof the seat. Now lean back until the de-sired seatback angle is achieved. To lockthe seatback into position, release therecliner control lever.

OMC025027

! WARNING:Riding with a reclined seatback in-creases your chance of serious or fatalinjuries in the event of a collision orsudden stop. The protection of yourrestraint system (seat belts and airbags)is greatly reduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug against yourhips and chest to work properly. Themore the seatback is reclined, the greaterthe chance that an occupant's hips willslide under the lap belt or the occupant'sneck will strike the shoulder belt. Driv-ers and passengers should always sitwell back in their seats, properly belted,and with the seatbacks upright.

B080D02JM-AAT

Adjustable Headrests

Headrests are designed to help reducethe risk of neck injuries.To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lowerthe headrest, push it down while press-ing the lock knob. To remove the head-rest, raise it as far as it can go then pressthe lock knob while pulling upward. Thisshould only be done when the seat is notoccupied.

B080D02MC

Lock knob

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

16

! WARNING:

B080F01S-AAT

Seat Cushion Height Adjustment(Driver's Seat only)

To raise or lower the front part of the seatcushion, turn the front knob forward orrearward. To raise or lower the rear partof the seat cushion, turn the rear knobforward or rearward.

B080F01MC

B080G01A-GAT

Adjusting Armrest Angle(Driver's side only)

The armrest will be raised or loweredmanually.To raise the armrest, pull it up.To lower it, press the armrest down.

OMC025031

! WARNING:

o For maximum effectiveness in caseof an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height as thetop of the occupant's eyes. The useof a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is not rec-ommended.

o Do not operate the vehicle with theheadrests removed as severe injuryto an occupant may occur in theevent of an accident. Headrests mayprovide protection against severeneck injuries when properly adjusted.

B080D01JM

o Do not adjust the headrest heightwhile the vehicle is in motion.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

17

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

17

B130A01A-AAT

REAR SEAT ENTRY (3 Door)

The front passenger's seatback shouldbe tilted to enter the rear seat.By pulling up on the recliner control lever(1) at the outside of the front passenger'sseat, the seatback will tilt forward and theseat will automatically slide forward.Rear seat occupants can tilt the frontpassenger's seatback by depressing thefoot lever (2) as shown in the illustration.

HTB258

(1)

(2)

! WARNING:Passengers sitting in the rear seat shouldbe careful not to accidentally press thefoot lever (2) while the vehicle is moving,as this may cause the seatback to moveforward and injure a front seat occupant.

Lock Knob

B085D01TG-AAT

REAR SEATAdjustable Headrests(If Installed)

Headrests are designed to help reducethe risk of neck injuries.To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lowerthe headrest, push it down while pressingthe lock knob. To remove the headrest,raise it as far as it can go then press thelock knob while pulling upward. Thisshould only be done when the seat is notoccupied.

B090A01MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

18

!

B110A01MC-AAT

Folding Rear Seatbacks (4Door)

The rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or to increasethe luggage capacity of the vehicle.

WARNING:The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carry longerobjects than could otherwise be accom-modated.Never allow passengers to sit on top ofthe folded down seat back while the caris moving as this is not a proper seatingposition and no seat belts are availablefor use. This could result in serious in-jury or death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should not extendhigher than the top of the front seats.This could allow cargo to slide forwardand cause injury or damage during sud-den stops.

To fold down the seatback :

1. Slide forward and upright the frontseats before folding down.

2. Lower the headrests to the lowestposition.

B220D05MC

CAUTION:o In order to prevent the center shoul-

der belt from being damaged whilefolding the rear seat, disconnect themetal tab (A) from the buckle (B). Todisconnect the metal tab (A) fromthe buckle (B) , insert a narrow-endedtool into the groove located on thebuckle(B).

!

! WARNING:o For maximum effectiveness in case

of an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height as thetop of the occupant's eyes. The useof a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is not rec-ommended.

o Do not operate the vehicle with theheadrests removed as severe injuryto an occupant may occur in theevent of an accident. Headrests mayprovide protection against severeneck injuries when properly adjusted.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

19

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

19

!

B090A02MC

o Before folding the seatback, insertthe buckle in the pocket. This canprevent the buckle from being dam-aged by seatback.

3. Pull up the seatback locking knob,then fold the seat toward the front ofthe vehicle. When you return theseatback to its upright position, alwaysbe sure it has locked into position bypushing on the top of the seatback.

B110A01MC

WARNING:When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after being folded down:Be careful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. Do not allow the seatbelt webbing or buckle to get caught orpinched in the rear seat. Ensure that theseatback is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on the top ofthe seaback. Otherwise, in an accidentor sudden stop, the seat could fold downand allow cargo to enter the passengercompartment, which could result in se-rious injury or death.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

20

B090A04MC

4. Remove and put the headrest in theloops on backside of the seat cushion.

B090A03MC

2. Pull the strap of the seat cushion up-ward to fold up the seat cushion.

3. Fold up the seat cushion.

To fold seatback down and seatcushion up :

1. Side the front seats forward and placethe seatbacks upright before foldingthe rear seatback and cushion.

!

B080G01MC-AAT

Folding Rear Seatback and SeatCushion (3 Door)

For greater convenience, the entireseatback may be folded down and theseat cushion may be folded up.

WARNING:The purpose of the fold-down rear seatback and the fold-up rear seat cushion isto allow you to carry more objects thancould be accommodated. Do not allowpassengers to sit on the cargo areawhile the car is moving. This is not aproper seating position and no seat beltsare available for use when the seat backis folded down. This could result in seri-ous injury or death in case of an accidentor a sudden stop. Objects should notextend higher than the top of the frontseatbacks. This could allow cargo toslide forward and cause injury or dam-age during sudden stops.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

21

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

21

B090A05MC

5. Pull the seatback locking knob on theseatback to fold-down the seatback.

6. Fold down the seat back forward.

B090A06MC

!

!

When you return the seatback and seatcushion to its original position, always besure it has locked into position by push-ing on the top of the seatback.

WARNING:When you return the rear seatback andseat cushion to its original position , becareful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. In addition, do not allowthe seat belt webbing or buckle to getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.

WARNING:When returning the seat cushion to theseating position, place the seat belt buck-les on top of the cushion.

B080G01MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

22 SEAT BELTS

B140A01S-AAT

REAR SEAT WARNING

For the safety of all passengers, luggageor other cargo should not be piled higherthan the top of the seatback. In addition,do not place objects on the rear shelf asthey may move forward during braking orin an accident and strike vehicle passen-gers.

B140A01MC

!

!

!

B150B03A-AAT

Infant or Small Child

All 50 states have child restraint laws.You should be aware of the specific re-quirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properly placedand installed in the rear seat. Informationabout the use of these restraints beginson page 1-31.

B150A02S-AAT

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

WARNING:All occupants of the vehicle must weartheir seat belts at all times. Seat beltsand child restraints reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries for all occupantsin the event of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupants could beshifted too close to a deploying airbag,strike the interior structure or be thrownfrom the vehicle. Properly worn seatbelts greatly reduce these hazards. Evenwith advanced airbags, unbelted occu-pants can be severely injured by a de-ploying airbag. Always follow the pre-cautions about seat belts, airbags andoccupant safety contained in thismanual.

WARNING:Every person in your vehicle needs to beproperly restrained at all times, includ-ing infants and children. Never hold achild in your arms or lap when riding in avehicle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child against theinterior. Always use a child restraintappropriate for your child's height andweight, see page 1-31.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

23

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

23

NOTE:Small children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properly re-strained in the rear seat by a child re-straint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure that ithas a label certifying that it meets MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213. The re-straint must be appropriate for yourchild's height and weight. Check the la-bel on the child restraint for this informa-tion. See page 1-31.

B150D01A-AAT

Pregnant Women

The use of a seat belt is recommended forpregnant women to lessen the chance ofinjury in an accident. When a seat belt isused, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult a phy-sician.

B150C02A-AAT

Larger Children

Children who are too large for child re-straint systems should always occupy therear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion should befastened snug on the hips and as low aspossible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 13) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securely re-strained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children under the ageof 13 should be restrained securely in therear seat. NEVER place a child underthe age of 13 in the front seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

B150E01A-AAT

Injured Person

A seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported. Whenthis is necessary, you should consult aphysician for recommendations.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

24

!

B160A02A-AAT

CARE OF SEAT BELTS

Seat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

WARNING:When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after the rear seatbackwas folded down, be careful not to dam-age the seat belt webbing or buckle. Besure that the webbing or buckle does notget caught or pinched in the rear seat. Aseat belt with damaged webbing or bucklewill not be as strong and could possiblyfail during a collision or sudden stop,resulting in serious injury.

!B150F01A-AAT

One Person Per Belt

Two people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity of inju-ries in case of an accident.

B150G02A-AAT

Do Not Lie Down

To reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve maxi-mum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front seats should be in an up-right position when the car is moving. Aseat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seat is in a reclinedposition.

WARNING:Riding with a reclined seatback in-creases your chance of serious or fatalinjuries in the event of a collision orsudden stop. The protection of yourrestraint system (seat belts and airbags)is greatly reduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug against yourhips and chest to work properly. Themore the seatback is reclined, the greaterthe chance that an occupant's hips willslide under the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant's neckcould strike the shoulder belt. Driversand passengers should always sit wellback in their seats, properly belted (seepage 1-26), and with the seatbacks up-right.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

25

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

25

B160D01A-AAT

When to Replace Seat Belts

Entire in-use seat belt assemblies shouldbe replaced if the vehicle has been in-volved in an accident. This should bedone even if no damage is visible. Addi-tional questions concerning seat beltoperation should be directed to yourHyundai Dealer.

B160C01A-AAT

Keep Belts Clean and Dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can be cleanedby using a mild soap solution and warmwater. Bleach, dye, strong detergents orabrasives should not be used becausethey may damage and weaken the fabric.

B170A02MC-AAT

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATSHOULDER BELT

B170A01MC

You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of the 4 positions formaximum comfort and safety.If the height of the adjusting seat belt istoo near your neck, you will not be gettingthe most effective protection. The shoul-der portion should be adjusted so that itlies across your chest and midway overyour shoulder nearest the door and notyour neck. To adjust the height of the seatbelt anchor, lower or raise the heightadjuster into an appropriate position. Toraise the height adjuster, pull it up.

To lower it, push it down while pressingthe height adjuster button. Release thebutton to lock the anchor into position. Trysliding the height adjuster to make surethat it has locked into the position.

B160B01A-AAT

Periodic Inspection

It is recommended that all seat belts beinspected periodically for wear or dam-age of any kind. Parts of the system thatare damaged should be replaced as soonas possible.

OMC025042-1

! CAUTION:o Adjust the shoulder belt height when

you sit well back in the seat.

o When adjusting the shoulder beltheight, grip the height adjuster but-ton securely and slide the heightadjuster up or down.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

26

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab into thebuckle. There will be an audible "click"when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt isadjusted manually so that it fits snuglyaround your hips. If you lean forward in aslow, easy motion, the belt will extendand let you move around. If there is asudden stop or impact, however, the beltwill lock into position. It will also lock if youtry to lean forward too quickly.

B180A01MC-AAT

SEAT BELT-Driver's 3-Point Systemwith Emergency Locking RetractorTo Fasten Your Belt

B180A01NF

NOTE:If the seat belt is not fastened when theignition key is turned from the "OFF"position to the "ON" position, the seatbelt warning will activate to remind thedriver to fasten the seat belt as follows.

o If the shoulder belt anchor is notmoved, grasp the shoulder part ofthe belt and pull forward to the full.

! WARNING:o Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appropri-ate height. Never position the shoul-der belt across your neck or face.Improperly positioned seat belts cancause serious injuries in an acci-dent.

o Failure to replace seat belts after anaccident could leave you with dam-aged seat belts that will not provideprotection in the event of anothercollision leading to personal injury ordeath. Replace your seat belts afterbeing in an accident as soon as pos-sible.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

27

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

27

The driver's seat belt warning light andchime will activate to the following tablewhen the ignition switch is in "ON" posi-tion.

B265E01MC-AAT

Seat Belt Warning Lightand Chime

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat Belt Vehicle Speed Light-Blink Chime-Sound

Unbuckled

Buckled

Buckled →→→→→ Unbuckled

Unbuckled

Above 6mph(10 km/h)

↓Below 3mph

(5 km/h)

6 seconds

6 seconds

6 seconds *1)

↓Stop *2)

6 seconds None

B190A03A-AAT

SEAT BELTS-Front Passenger andRear Seat 3-Point System with Com-bination Locking Retractor :To Fasten Your Belt

Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat outboard andcenter positions to help accommodatethe installation of child restraint systems.Hyundai strongly recommends that chil-dren always be seated in the rear seat.NEVER place any infant restraint systemin the front seat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency locking re-tractor seat belt and an automatic lockingretractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing a childrestraint, the seat belt operates in thesame way as the driver's seat belt (Emer-gency Locking Retractor Type). It auto-matically adjusts to the proper length onlyafter the lap belt portion of the seat belt isadjusted manually so that it fits snuglyaround your hips.

*1) Warning pattern repeats 11 times withinterval 24 seconds. If the driver's seatbelt is buckled, the light will stop within6 seconds and chime will stop imme-diately.

*2) The light will stop within 6 secondsand chime will stop immediately.

When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt opera-tion changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). See page 1-37.

NOTE:Although the combination retractor pro-vides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode, al-low the unbuckled seat belt to fully re-tract.

! WARNING:o For maximum restraint system pro-

tection, seat belts must always beused whenever the car is moving.

o Seat belts are most effective whenseatbacks are in the upright posi-tion.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

28

! WARNING:

B210A01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button in the locking buckle. Whenit is released, the belt should automati-cally draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

B210A01NF

!

B200A01A-AAT

Adjusting Your Seat Belt

WARNING:You should place the lap belt portion aslow as possible and snugly across yourhips, not on your waist. If the lap belt islocated too high on your waist, it mayincrease the chance of injury in the eventof a collision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, one shouldbe over and the other under, as shown inthe illustration.Never wear the seat belt under the armnearest the door.

B200A01NF

o Children age 12 and younger mustalways be properly restrained in therear seat. Never allow children toride in the front passenger seat. If achild over 13 must be seated in thefront seat, he/she must be properlybelted and the seat should be movedas far back as possible.

o Never wear the shoulder belt underyour arm or behind your back. Animproperly positioned shoulder beltcan cause serious injuries in a crash.The shoulder belt should be posi-tioned midway over your shoulderacross your collarbone.

o Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. Atwisted belt can't do its job as well. Ina collision, it could even cut into you.Be sure the belt webbing is straightand not twisted.

o Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the belt web-bing or hardware is damaged, re-place it.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

29

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

29

B220D02MC-AAT

SEAT BELTS - Rear Seat Center 3-Point System With Emergency Lock-ing Retractor (4 Door)

1. Before fastening the rear seat centerbelt, confirm the metal tab (A) andbuckle (B) are latched together.

B220D01MC

2. After confirming that (A) and (B) arelatched, pull the seat belt out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (C)into the buckle (D).

B220D02MC

NOTE:Confirm the metal tab and the bucklemarked "CENTER" are latched together.

B220D03MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

30

! WARNING:o Never let anyone ride in the rear

center seat without fastening allmetal tabs and buckles as describedin this section. This seat belt isdesigned to function as a typical 3-point restraint (lap/shoulder belt).Using only the shoulder portion orlap portion of the belt can result inserious or fatal injuries in the eventof a collision or sudden stop.

o Never unlock the metal tab (A) andthe buckle (B) with the following ex-ceptions.(1) In case of folding rear seatbacks

down.(2) If transporting an object on the

rear seat may cause damage tothe rear seat center belt.

B220D05MC

o To disconnect the metal tab (A) fromthe buckle (B), insert a narrow-endedtool into the groove located on thebuckle (B).

o Always lock metal tab (A) into buckle(B) immediately after returning therear seatbacks to an upright posi-tion. This portion of the rear centerseat belt should only be unbuckledwhen the rear seatback is foldeddown.

B220D04MC

There will be an audible "click" when thetab locks in the buckle. The seat beltautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt is adjusted manu-ally so that it fits snugly around your hips.If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion,the belt will extend and let you movearound. If there is a sudden stop or im-pact, the belt will lock into position. It willalso lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

31

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

31

!

B220C02A-GAT

To Release the Seat Belt

When you want to release the seat belt,press the button in the locking buckle.

WARNING:When fastening the outboard seat beltsor the center seat belt, make sure theyare inserted into the correct buckles toobtain maximum protection from the seatbelt system and assure proper opera-tion.

B210A01NF

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

B230A03A-AAT

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics provided by the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA),children are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seats than in the frontseat. Larger children not in a child re-straint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.All 50 states have child restraint laws.You should be aware of the specific re-quirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properly placedand installed in the rear seat. You mustuse a commercially available child re-straint system that meets the requirementsof the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards (FMVSS).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.

WARNING:o A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Never installa child or infant seat on the frontpassenger's seat.Should an accident occur and causethe passenger side airbag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infant orchild seat. Thus, only use a childrestraint in the rear seat of yourvehicle.

o Since a safety belt or child restraintsystem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle, be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

!

Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seat andseat belts, and fits your child. Follow allthe instructions provided by the manufac-turer when installing the child restraintsystem.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

32

! WARNING:!o Never hold a child in your arms or lap

when riding in a vehicle. The violentforces created during a crash willtear the child from your arms andthrow the child against the car’s inte-rior.

o Never put a seat belt over yourselfand a child. During a crash, the beltcould press deep into the child caus-ing serious internal injuries.

o Never leave children unattended in avehicle – not even for a short time.The car can heat up very quickly,resulting in serious injuries to chil-dren inside. Even very young chil-dren may inadvertently cause thevehicle to move, entangle them-selves in the windows, or lock them-selves or others inside the vehicle.

o Never allow two children, or any twopersons, to use the same seat belt.

o Children often squirm and repositionthemselves improperly. Never let achild ride with the shoulder belt un-der their arm or behind their back.Always properly position and securechildren in rear seat.

WARNING:o When the child restraint system is

not in use, store it in the trunk orfasten it with a safety belt so that itwill not be thrown forward in case ofa sudden stop or an accident.

o Children may be seriously injured orkilled by an inflating airbag. All chil-dren, even those too large for childrestraints, must ride in the rear seat.

To reduce the chance or serious or fatalinjuries:o Children of all ages are safer when

restrained in the rear seat. A childriding in the front passenger seatcan be forcefully struck by an inflat-ing airbag resulting in serious or fa-tal injuries.

o Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the child re-straint maker.

o Always make sure the child seat issecured properly in the car and yourchild is securely restrained in thechild seat.

!o Never allow a child to stand-up or

kneel on the seat or floorboard of amoving vehicle. During a collision orsudden stop, the child can be vio-lently thrown against the vehiclesinterior, resulting in serious injury.

o Never use an infant carrier or a childsafety seat that "hooks" over aseatback, it may not provide ad-equate security in an accident.

o Seat belts can become very hot, es-pecially when the car is parked indirect sunlight. Always check seatbelt buckles before fastening themover a child.

o Always store or secure a child seat,even when it is not in use. During acollision or sudden stop, the childseat could be thrown inside the ve-hicle.

WARNING:

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

33

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

33

B230B01E-AAT

Using a Child Restraint System withthe "Tether Anchorage" System

For small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required. Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with themanufacturer's instructions. It is furtherrequired that the seat be placed in thevehicle's rear seat since this can make animportant contribution to safety. Your ve-hicle is provided with three child restrainthook holders for installing the child seator infant seat.

B230C02MC-AAT

Installing a Child Restraint Seat withthe "Tether Anchorage" System(4 Door)

Three child restraint hook holders arelocated on the rear seat package tray.

To install the child restraint seat

B230C01MC

1. Open the tether anchor cover on therear seat package tray.

2. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrests,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

3. Connect the tether strap hook (2) to thechild restraint hook holder (1) andtighten to secure the seat.

B230C02MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

34

B230C02MC

2. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrests,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

3. Connect the tether strap hook (2) to thechild restraint hook holder (1) throughthe hole on the covering shelf andtighten to secure the seat.

B230E02MC-AAT

Installing a Child Restraint Seat withthe "Tether Anchorage" System(3 Door)

Three child restraint hook holders arelocated on the rear floor panel.

To install the child restraint seat

! WARNING:o A child can be seriously injured or

killed in a collision if the child re-straint is not properly anchored.Always follow the child seatmanufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use.

o Never mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers or an-chorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

1. Open the tether anchor cover on therear floor panel.

B230E01MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

35

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

35

! WARNING:o A child can be seriously injured or

killed in a collision if the child re-straint is not properly anchored.Always follow the child seatmanufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use.

o Never mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers or an-chorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

B230D05E-AAT

Securing the Child Restraint Seatwith the "ISOFIX" System

Some child seat manufacturers makesafety seats that are labeled as ISOFIX orISOFIX-compatible child seats. Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect to twoISOFIX anchors at specific seating posi-tions in your vehicle. This type of childseat eliminates the need to use seat beltsto attach the child seat for forward-facingchild seats.

B230D01MC

WARNING:o A child can be seriously injured or

killed in a collision if the child re-straint is not properly anchored.Always follow the child seatmanufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use.

o Never install a child restraint usingthe ISOFIX anchors at the center po-sition of the rear seat. In a crash, theISOFIX anchors may break if a carseat is improperly placed in the cen-ter position resulting in serious orfatal injuries. Only place a ISOFIX orISOFIX-compatible child seat in theleft or right out-board rear seatingpositions (as shown) to the appropri-ate ISOFIX anchors provided.

!

ISOFIX anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The ISOFIX anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noISOFIX anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

36

Follow the child seat manufacturer's in-structions to properly install safety seatswith ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible attach-ments.

Once you have installed the ISOFIX childrestraint seat, assure that the seat is prop-erly attached to the ISOFIX and tetheranchors. Also, test the safety seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors hold theseat in place.

!The ISOFIX anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.

B230D02MC

ISOFIXAnchor

ISOFIX AnchorPosition Indicator

B230D03MC

!o Never mount more than one child

restraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers or an-chorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

o When using the vehicle’s "ISOFIX"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latched se-curely in their seat belt buckles andthe seat belt webbing must be re-tracted behind the child restraint toprevent the child from reaching andtaking hold of unretracted seat belts. Unlatched metal latch plates or tabsmay allow the child to reach theunretracted seat belts which mayresult in strangulation and a seriousinjury or death to the child in the childrestraint.

WARNING:

WARNING:A child can be seriously injured or killedin a collision if the child restraint is notproperly anchored to the car and thechild is not properly restrained in thechild restraint. Always follow the childseat manufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

37

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

37

B230F01A-AAT

Child Restraint System Installationon Rear Seat Center Position

Use the center seat belt for the rear seatto secure the child restraint system asillustrated. After installation of the childrestraint system, rock the child seat backand forth, and side to side to ensure thatit is properly secured by the seat belt. Ifthe child seat moves, readjust the lengthof the seat belt. Then, if equipped, insertthe child restraint tether strap hook intothe child restraint hook holder and tightento secure the seat. Always refer to thechild restraint system manufacturer's rec-ommendation before installing the childrestraint system in your vehicle.

B230F02MC

To install a child restraint system in theoutboard rear seats, extend the shoulder/lap belt entirely from its retractor until a"click" is felt. This will engage the seat beltretractor automatic locking feature, whichallows the seat belt to retract but notextend. Install the child restraint system,buckle the seat belt and allow the seatbelt to take up any slack. Make sure thatthe lap portion of the belt is tight aroundthe child restraint system and the shoul-der portion of the belt is positioned so thatit cannot interfere with the child's head orneck. Also, double check to be sure that

B230G02MC-AAT

Child Restraint System Installationon Outboard Rear Seats

B230G01MC

the retractor has engaged the automaticlocking feature by trying to extend web-bing out of the retractor. If the retractor isin the automatic locking mode, the beltwill be locked. After installation of thechild restraint system, try to move it in alldirections to be sure the child restraintsystem is securely installed. If you needto tighten the belt, pull more webbingtoward the retractor. When you unbucklethe seat belt and allow it to retract, theretractor will automatically revert back toits normal seated passenger emergencylocking usage condition.

NOTE:o Before installing the child restraint

system, read the instructions sup-plied by the child restraint systemmanufacturer.

o If the seat belt does not operate asdescribed, have the system checkedimmediately by your authorizedHyundai dealer.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

38

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion.

1. SRS airbag warning light2. Seat belt pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

B180C02MC-AAT

Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt

Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped withdriver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts. The purpose of thepre-tensioner is to make sure that theseat belts fit tightly against the occupant'sbody in certain frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts can be activated aloneor, where the frontal collision is severeenough, together with the airbags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if theoccupant tries to lean forward too quickly,the seat belt retractor will lock into posi-tion. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seatbelt into tighter contact against theoccupant's body.

Passenger'sairbag

HXG229

B180D01MC

Driver's airbag1

23

! WARNING:o If the retractor is not in the Auto-

matic Locking mode, the child re-straint can move when your vehicleturns or stops suddenly. A child canbe seriously injured or killed if thechild restraint is not properly an-chored to the car, including settingthe retractor to the Automatic Lock-ing mode.

o Do not install any child restraint sys-tem in the front passenger seat.Should an accident occur and causethe passenger side airbag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infant orchild seat. Therefore, only use a childrestraint system in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

o Before installing Child Restraint Sys-tem to vehicles fitted with CurtainAirbags, always refer to safety no-tices for Curtain Airbag systems onthis manual. Whenever installing childrestraints, use only approved devicesand refer to "Child Restraint System"to ensure correct installation and oc-cupant protection is maximized.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

39

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

39

NOTE:o Both the driver's and front

passenger's pre-tensioner seat beltswill be activated in certain frontalcollisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts can be activated alone or,where the frontal collision is severeenough, together with the airbags.The pre-tensioners will not be acti-vated if the seat belts are not beingworn at the time of the collision.

o When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which may ap-pear to be smoke, may be visible inthe passenger compartment. Theseare normal operating conditions andare not hazardous.

o Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash your hands and face thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were acti-vated.

! WARNING:To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-tensioner seat belt:

The seat belt must be work correctly andadjusted to the proper position (seepages 1-25 and 1-26). Please read andfollow all of the important informationand precautions about your vehicle’soccupant safety features – including seatbelts and advanced airbags – that areprovided in this manual.

CAUTION:o The sensor that activates the SRS

airbag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt. The SRS airbagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately6 seconds after the ignition key hasbeen turned to the "ON" position,and then it should turn off.

o If the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is no mal-function of the SRS airbag.If the SRS airbag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition keyis turned to the "ON" position, re-mains illuminated after approxi-mately 6 seconds when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, orif it illuminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedHyundai dealer inspect the advancedSRS airbag system as soon as pos-sible.

!

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

40

!! WARNING:o Pre-tensioners are designed to op-

erate only one time. After activation,pre-tensioner seat belts must bereplaced. All seat belts, of any type,should always be replaced after theyhave been worn during a collision.

o The pre-tensioner seat belt assem-bly mechanisms become hot duringactivation. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies forseveral minutes after they have beenactivated.

o Do not attempt to inspect or replacethe pre-tensioner seat belts your-self. This must be done by an autho-rized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not strike the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies.

o Do not attempt to service or repairthe pre-tensioner seat belt system inany manner.

o Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings to notstrike, modify, inspect, replace, ser-vice or repair the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies may lead to improp-er operation or inadvertent activa-tion and serious injury.

o Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehicle.

WARNING:

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

41

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

41

B240D01MC-AAT

(If Installed)

ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT (AIRBAG) SYSTEM (SRS)

1. Driver's front airbag2. Passenger's front airbag3. Side impact airbag4. Curtain airbag

B240D01MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

42

B240A01MC

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficient sever-ity. The SRS uses sensors to gather infor-mation about the driver's and frontpassenger's seat position, the driver's andfront passenger's seat belt usage andimpact severity.

The driver's and front passenger's seattrack position sensors, which are installedon the seat track, determine if the seatsare fore or aft of a reference position. Theseat belt buckle sensors determine if thedriver and front passenger's seat beltsare fastened. These sensors provide theability to control the SRS deploymentbased on how close the driver's seat is tothe steering wheel, how close thepassenger's seat is to the instrumentpanel, whether or not the seat belts arefastened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the airbag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided formoderate-severity impacts. A secondstage level is provided for more severeimpacts.

According to the impact severity, seatingposition and seat belt usage, theSRSCM(SRS Control Module) controlsthe airbag inflation. Failure to properlywear seat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your Hyundai is equippedwith an occupant classification system inthe front passenger's seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the frontpassenger's seat and will turn off the frontpassenger's airbag under certain condi-tions. For more detail, see "Occupant Clas-sification System" later in this section.

B240A02NF-AAT

Driver's and Passenger's FrontAirbag

Your Hyundai is equipped with an ad-vanced Supplemental Restraint (Airbag)System. The indications of the system'spresence are the letters "SRS AIRBAG"embossed on the airbag pad cover in thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel pad above the glove box.

The Hyundai SRS consists of airbagsinstalled under the pad covers in thecenter of the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel above theglove box.

Driver's Front Airbag

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

43

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

43

CAUTION:If a seat track position sensor or anoccupant classification system is notworking properly, the SRS airbag warn-ing light on the instrument panelwill illuminate because the SRS airbagwarning light is connected with the seattrack position sensor and the occupantclassification system. If the SRS airbagwarning light does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to the "ON"position, remains illuminated after ap-proximately 6 seconds when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle is beingdriven, have an authorized Hyundaidealer inspect the advanced SRS airbagsystem as soon as possible.

!

AIRBAG

! WARNING:o Modification to the seat structure

can adversely affect the seat trackposition sensor and cause the airbagto deploy at a different level thanshould be provided.

o Do not place any objects underneaththe front seats as they could dam-age the seat track position sensor orinterfere with the occupant classifi-cation system.

o Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near the frontseat. These may cause a malfunc-tion of the seat track position sen-sor.

NOTE:o Be sure to read information about

the SRS on the labels provided onthe topside of the sun visor and in theglove box.

o Advanced airbags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protectionin frontal crashes. Front airbags arenot intended to deploy in collisions inwhich sufficient protection can beprovided by the pre-tensioner seatbelt.

o If you are considering modificationof your vehicle due to a disability,please contact the Hyundai Cus-tomer Assistance Center at 1-800-633-5151.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

44

! WARNING:o Move your seat as far back as prac-

tical from the front airbags, while stillmaintaining control of the vehicle.

o Never sit or lean unnecessarily closeto the front or side airbags.

o Never lean against the door or cen-ter console – always sit in an uprightposition.

o Do not allow a passenger to ride inthe front seat when the “PassengerAirbag OFF” indicator is illuminated,because the airbag will not deploy inthe event of a moderate or severefrontal crash.

o Never place objects over or nearany airbag module (front or side im-pact airbags), because these objectscan injure passengers in a crash.

o Never place covers, blankets oraftermarket seat warmers on thepassenger seat as these may inter-fere with the occupant classificationsystem.

! WARNING:Always use seat belts and child restraints– every trip, every time, everyone!Airbags inflate with considerable forceand in the blink of an eye. Seat belts helpkeep occupants in proper position toobtain maximum benefit from the airbag.Even with advanced airbags, improp-erly and unbelted occupants can be se-verely injured when the airbag inflates.Always follow the precautions about seatbelts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.

To reduce the chance of serious or fatalinjuries and receive the maximum safetybenefit from your restraint system:o Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat (seechild restraints 1-31).

o ABC – Always Buckle Children in theback seat. It is the safest place forchildren of any age to ride.

o Front and side impact airbags caninjure occupants improperly posi-tioned in the front seats.

! WARNING:o Do not tamper or disconnect SRS

wiring or other components. Injuriescould result from inadvertent deploy-ment or failure of the airbag to de-ploy in a crash.

o If the SRS airbag warning light (seepg 1-64) remains illuminated whilethe vehicle is being driven, have anauthorized Hyundai dealer inspectthe airbag system as soon as pos-sible.

o Airbags can only be used once –have an authorized Hyundai dealerreplace the airbag immediately afterdeployment.

o The SRS is designed to deploy thefront airbags only when an impact issufficiently severe and when the im-pact angle is within a range as mea-sured from the forward longitudinalaxis of the vehicle. The front airbagswill not deploy in side, rear or rolloverimpacts. Additionally, the airbags willonly deploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

45

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

45

! WARNING:o No objects should be placed over or

near the airbag modules on the steer-ing wheel, instrument panel, and thefront passenger's panel above theglove box, because any such objectcould cause harm if the vehicle is ina crash severe enough to cause theairbags to deploy.

o If the airbags deploy, they must bereplaced by an authorized Hyundaidealer. Deployed airbags WILL NOTinflate again and will provide no pro-tection in subsequent collisions.

o Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other components ofthe SRS system. Doing so couldresult in injury, due to accidentaldeployment of the airbags or by ren-dering the SRS inoperative.

o Even though your vehicle is equippedwith the occupant classification sys-tem, do not install a child restraintsystem in the front passenger seatposition. A child restraint systemmust never be placed in the frontseat.

The infant or child could be severelyinjured or killed by an airbag deploy-ment in case of an accident.

o Children younger than 13 years mustalways be properly restrained in therear seat. Never allow children toride in the front passenger seat. If achild over 13 must be seated in thefront seat, he or she must be prop-erly belted and the seat should bemoved as far back as possible.

o For maximum safety protection in alltypes of crashes, all occupants in-cluding the driver should always weartheir seat belts whether or not anairbag is also provided at their seat-ing position to minimize the risk ofsevere injury or death in the event ofa crash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the airbag while thevehicle is in motion.

! WARNING:! WARNING:

B240A02MC

Rear impact

Side Impact

Rollover

o Front airbags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impactor rollover crashes. In addition, frontairbags will not deploy in frontalcrashes below the deploymentthreshold.

o Move your seat as far back as prac-tical from the front airbags, while stillmaintaining control of the vehicle.You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarily closeto the airbags. Improperly positioneddrivers and passengers can be se-verely injured by inflating airbags.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

46

B240B02MC-AAT

SRS Components and Functions

The SRS consists of the following compo-nents:

1. Front Impact Sensor2. "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" Indicator

(Front passenger's seat only)3. SRS "AIRBAG" warning light4. Knee Bolster5. Passenger's Airbag Module6. Driver's Airbag Module7. SRS Control Module (SRSCM)8. Occupant Classification System

(Front passenger's seat only)9. Driver's and Front Passenger's Seat

Track Position Sensors

B240B01NF

10. Driver's and Front Passenger's SeatBelt Buckle Sensors

11. Side Impact Sensor (If Installed)12. Retractor Pre-tensioner Assemblies13. Side Impact Airbag Module (If Installed)14. Curtain Airbag Module (If Installed)

! WARNING:o Sitting improperly or out of position

can result in serious or fatal injury ina crash. All occupants should situpright with the seat back in an up-right position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legscomfortably extended and their feeton the floor until the vehicle is parkedand the ignition key is removed.

o The SRS airbag system must deployvery rapidly to provide protection ina crash. If an occupant is out ofposition because of not wearing aseat belt, the airbag may forcefullycontact the occupant causing seri-ous or fatal injuries.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

47

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

47

The SRSCM continually monitors all ele-ments while the ignition is "ON" to deter-mine if a frontal or near-frontal impact issevere enough to require airbag deploy-ment or pre-tensioner seat belt deploy-ment.

The SRS "AIRBAG" warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition key is turnedto the "ON" position or after the engine isstarted, after which the "AIRBAG" warn-ing light should go out.

B240B01L

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theairbags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the airbags.

The airbag modules are located both inthe center of the steering wheel and in thefront passenger's panel above the glovebox. When the SRSCM detects a suffi-ciently severe impact to the front of thevehicle, it will automatically deploy thefront airbags.

B240B02L

A fully inflated airbag, in combination witha properly worn seat belt, slows the driver'sor the passenger's forward motion, re-ducing the risk of head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the airbag imme-diately starts deflating, enabling the driverto maintain forward visibility and the abil-ity to steer or operate other controls.

B240B03L

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

48

!

Passenger's Front Airbag

B240B05L

o When installing a container of liquidair freshener inside the vehicle, donot place it near the instrument clus-ter nor on the instrument panel sur-face. If there is any leakage from theair freshener onto these areas (in-strument cluster, instrument panelor air ventilator), it may damage theseparts. If the liquid from the air fresh-ener does leak onto these areas,wash them with water immediately.

WARNING:o If an airbag deploys, there may be a

loud noise followed by a fine dustreleased in the vehicle. These con-ditions are normal and are not haz-ardous - the airbags are packed inthis fine powder. The dust generatedduring airbag deployment may causeskin or eye irritation as well as ag-gravate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skin areasthoroughly with lukewarm water anda mild soap after an accident in whichthe airbags were deployed.

o The SRS can function only when theignition key is in the "ON" position. Ifthe SRS "AIRBAG" warning lightdoes not illuminate, or continuouslyremains on after illuminating forabout 6 seconds when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, orafter the engine is started, comes onwhile driving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byyour Hyundai dealer.

Passenger's Front Airbag

CAUTION:o Do not install or place any accesso-

ries (drink holder, cassette holder,sticker, etc.) on the front passenger'spanel above the glove box in a ve-hicle with a passenger's airbag. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if thepassenger's airbag inflates.

!

B240B01MC-A

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

49

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

49

!o Before you replace a fuse or discon-

nect a battery terminal, turn the igni-tion key to the "LOCK" position andremove the ignition key. Never re-move or replace the airbag relatedfuse(s) when the ignition key is in the"ON" position. Failure to heed thiswarning will cause the SRS"AIRBAG" warning light to illuminate.

WARNING:

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines to beof adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator will be turned off and the frontpassenger's airbag will be able to inflate,if necessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator on the center facia panel.The following table summarizes the func-tioning of the system depending on thefront passenger seat occupant.

B990A02MC-AAT

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYS-TEM

Your vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant classification system in the frontpassenger's seat. The Occupant Classifi-cation system is designed to detect thepresence of a properly-seated front pas-senger and determine if the passenger'sfront airbag should be enabled (may in-flate) or not. The driver's front airbag is notaffected or controlled by the OccupantClassification System.

B990A01MC-A

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

50

When an adult is seated in the frontpassenger seat, if the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator is on, turn the ignitionkey to "LOCK" and ask the passenger tosit properly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered onthe seat cushion with their seat belt on,legs comfortably extended and their feeton the floor). Restart the engine and havethe person remain in that position forabout 30 seconds.

Proper seating position

B990A01O

This will allow the system to detect theperson and to enable the passengerairbag. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator is still on, turn the ignition key to"LOCK" and ask the passenger to sit prop-erly and restart the engine again. If the"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator isstill on, ask the passenger to move to therear seat.

*1) The system judges a person of adultsize as an adult. When a smaller adultsits in the front passenger seat, thesystem may recognize him/her as achild depending on his/her physiqueand posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat. When a largerchild who has outgrown a child re-straint system sits in the front passen-ger seat, the system may recognizehim/her as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture, or objects inthe lap of the child.

*3) Never install a child restraint systemon the front passenger seat.

Condition and operation in the front pas-senger occupant classification system

Frontpassenger

airbag

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Conditiondetected by

the occupantclassification

system1. Adult*1

2. Child*2 orchild restraintsystem*3

3. Unoccupied

SRS

warninglight

Off

Off

Off

"PASSEN-GER AIRBAG OFF"

indicator light

Off

On

On

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

51

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

51

- Never put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seat.

B990A08O

! WARNING:o Riding in an improper position or

placing weight on the frontpassenger's seat when it is unoccu-pied by a passenger adversely af-fects the occupant classificationsystem (OCS).

- Never lean on the center console.- Never lean on the door trim.- Never sit on one side of the front

passenger seat.

B990A07O

- Never excessively recline the frontpassenger seatback.

- Never sit with hips shifted towardsthe front of the seat.

B990A03O

B990A02O

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

52

!! WARNING:o A smaller-stature adult who is not

seated correctly (for example: seatexcessively reclined, leaning on thecenter console, or hips shifted for-ward in the seat) can cause a condi-tion where the advanced frontalairbag system senses less weightthan if the occupant were seatedproperly (sitting upright with theseatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortably ex-tended and their feet on the floor).This condition can result in an adultpotentially being misclassified andillumination of the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator.

B990A05O

- Never place feet on the dashboard.

WARNING:o Do not allow a passenger to ride in

the front seat when the “PASSEN-GER AIRBAG OFF” indicator is illu-minated, because the airbag will notdeploy in the event of a crash. If the"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indi-cator remains illuminated after thepassenger repositions themselvesproperly and the car is restarted,Hyundai recommends that passen-ger move to the rear seat becausethe passenger's front airbag will notdeploy.

o The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator will not change accordingto the occupants posture after thevehicle has been running for 30 sec-onds. Front seat passengers muststay properly seated to avoid seri-ous injury from a deploying airbag.For more information see page 1-49.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

53

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

53

! CAUTION:If the occupant classification system isnot working properly, the SRS airbagwarning light on the instrument panelwill illuminate because the passenger'sfront airbags are connected with theoccupant classification system. If thereis a malfunction of the occupant classi-fication system, the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator will not illuminateand the passenger's front airbags willinflate in frontal impact crashes even ifthere is no occupant in the frontpassenger's seat. If the SRS airbag warn-ing light does not illuminate when theignition key is turned to the "ON" posi-tion, remains illuminated after approxi-mately 6 seconds when the ignition keyis turned to the "ON" position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle is beingdriven, have an authorized Hyundaidealer inspect the occupant classifica-tion system and the SRS airbag systemas soon as possible.

NOTE:The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indi-cator illuminates for about 4 secondsafter the ignition key is turned to the"ON" position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant classificationsensor will then classify the front pas-senger within approximately 10 secondsafter the ignition is turned on.

! WARNING:o Even though your vehicle is equipped

with the occupation classificationsystem, never install a child restraintsystem in the front passenger's seat.A deploying airbag can forcefullystrike a child resulting in seriousinjuries or death. Any child under 13years of age should ride in the rearseat. Children too large for childrestraints should use the availablelap/shoulder belts. No matter whattype of crash, children of all ages aresafer when restrained in the rearseat.

o If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator is illuminated when the frontpassenger's seat is occupied by anadult and he/she sits properly (sit-ting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legscomfortably extended and their feeton the floor), have that person sit inthe rear seat.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

54

B990B02MC-AAT

Side Impact Airbag (If Installed)

Your Hyundai is equipped with a sideimpact airbag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the airbag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone. The sideimpact airbags are designed to deployonly during certain side-impact collisions,depending on the crash severity, angle,speed and point of impact. The side im-pact airbags are not designed to deployin all side impact situations.

B990B02LZ

! WARNING:o If you change the weight on the front

passenger seat just after sit-in orrestart of the engine, the "PASSEN-GER AIR BAG OFF" indicator may beturned on or off for a few seconds,disabling or enabling the passengerairbags. After the initial stage of about30 seconds, the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator will not toggle.

o Do not modify or replace the frontpassenger seat. Don't place anythingon or attach anything such as a blan-ket or after market seat heater to thefront passenger seat. This can ad-versely affect the occupant classifi-cation system.

o Do not sit on sharp objects such astools when occupying the front pas-senger seat. This can adversely af-fect the occupant classification sys-tem.

o Do not use accessory seat coverson the front seats.

! WARNING:o Accident statistics show that chil-

dren are safer if they are restrainedin the rear, as opposed to the frontseat. It is recommended that childrestraints be secured in a rear seat,including an infant riding in a rear-facing infant seat, a child riding in aforward-facing child seat and an olderchild riding in a booster seat.

o Airbags can only be used once –have an authorized Hyundai dealerreplace the airbag immediately afterdeployment.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

55

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

55

WARNING:o The side impact airbag is supple-

mental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systems andis not a substitute for them. There-fore your seat belts must be worn atall times while the vehicle is in mo-tion. The airbags deploy only in cer-tain side impact conditions severeenough to cause significant injury tothe vehicle occupants.

o For best protection from the sideimpact airbag system and to avoidbeing injured by the deploying sideimpact airbag, both front seat occu-pants should sit in an upright posi-tion with the seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's hands should beplaced on the steering wheel at the9:00 and 3:00 positions. Thepassenger's arms and hands shouldbe placed on their laps.

o Do not use any accessory seat cov-ers.Use of seat covers could reduce orprevent the effectiveness of the sys-tem.

!

B990B01MC

Side impact sensor

Important Safety Notes on the SideImpact Airbag System

Following is a number of safety pointsconcerning this system which should al-ways be observed to ensure risk of injuryis reduced in an accident.

!o Do not install any accessories on the

side or near the side impact airbag.o Do not place any objects over the

airbag or between the airbag andyourself.

o Do not place any objects (an um-brella, bag, etc.) between the frontdoor and the front seat. Such objectsmay become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if the supplementalside impact airbag inflates.

o To prevent unexpected deploymentof the side impact airbag that mayresult in personal injury, avoid im-pact to the side impact sensor whenthe ignition key is on.

WARNING:

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

56

! WARNING:o The space between the occupant and

the curtain airbag must never beoccupied by children, passengers orpets. Occupants should never leanout or have any parts of their bodyprotruding from the window while theengine is running.

o Do not move the sun visor out tocover the side window if there is anitem attached to it such as a garagedoor remote control, pens, air fresh-eners or the like. These objects couldcause injury if the Curtain Airbag isdeployed.

o Where sun blinds are fitted to therear doors, these must not obstructor impair the airbag in any way.

o Do not install any accessories orchildren’s toys in the Curtain Airbagdeployment zones, as this may im-pair the operation of the system orthrow parts of them into the vehiclecabin causing injury to occupants ifthe system is deployed.

B990C01JM-GAT

Curtain Airbag (If Installed)

Curtain airbags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors. They are designed to helpprotect the heads of the front seat occu-pants and the rear outboard seat occu-pants in certain side impact collisions.

The curtain airbags are designed to de-ploy only during certain side impact col-lisions, depending on the crash severity,angle, speed and impact. The curtainairbags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

B990C01MC

Curtain Airbag

! WARNING:o Before installing child restraints ,

always refer to “Child Restraint Sys-tem” to ensure correct installationand occupant protection is maxi-mized.

o Make sure that the occupant doesnot have any body parts (head, arms& legs) protruding outside the re-straining system. An inflating airbagthat strikes an infant child on thehead could cause serious injury.

o Ensure the opening for the CurtainAirbag System remains unob-structed at all times, so that theairbags can inflate properly if needed.

Important Safety Notes for CurtainAirbag Systems

Following is a number of safety pointsconcerning this system which should al-ways be observed to ensure risk of injuryis reduced in an accident.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

57

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

57

B240C02NF-AAT

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS "AIRBAG"warning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by your Hyundaidealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or any workon the steering wheel must be performedby a qualified Hyundai technician. Im-proper handling of the SRS system mayresult in serious personal injury.

HSM393

! WARNING:o To maintain the integrity of the Cur-

tain Airbag system, any work, re-moval or installation of the airbagand associated components (suchas roof lining and side trims) shouldalways be performed by an autho-rized Hyundai dealer.

WARNING:o Do not install a child restraint sys-

tem in the front passenger seat po-sition.A child restraint system must neverbe placed in the front seat. The infantor child could be severely injured byan airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

o Modification to SRS components orwiring, including the addition of anykind of badges to the pad covers ormodifications to the body structure,can adversely affect SRS perfor-mance and lead to possible injury.

o For cleaning the airbag pad covers,use only a soft, dry cloth or onewhich has been moistened with plainwater. Solvents or cleaners couldadversely affect the airbag coversand proper deployment of the sys-tem.

!

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

58

B240D02NF-AAT

Additional Safety Precautions

o Never let passengers ride in thecargo area (trunk) or on top of afolded-down back seat. All occupantsshould sit upright, fully back in theirseats with their seat belts on and theirfeet on the floor.

o Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

o Each seat belt is designed to re-strain one occupant. If more than oneperson uses the same seat belt, theycould be seriously injured or killed ina collision.

o Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improve oc-cupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection pro-vided by the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

! WARNING:o No objects should be placed over or

near the airbag modules on the steer-ing wheel, instrument panel, and thefront passenger's panel above theglove box, because any such objectcould cause harm if the vehicle is ina crash severe enough to cause theairbags to inflate.

o If the airbags inflate, they must bereplaced by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other components ofthe SRS system. Doing so could re-sult in injury, due to accidental infla-tion of the airbags or by renderingthe SRS inoperative.

o If components of the airbag systemmust be discarded, or if the vehiclemust be scrapped, certain safetyprecautions must be observed. YourHyundai dealer knows these precau-tions and can give you the neces-sary information. Failure to followthese precautions and procedurescould increase the risk of personalinjury.

! WARNING:o If your car was flooded and has

soaked carpeting or water on floor-ing, you shouldn't try to start theengine; have the car towed to anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

59

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

59

! WARNING:o Sitting improperly or out of position

can cause occupants to be shiftedtoo close to a deploying airbag, strikethe interior structure or be thrownfrom the vehicle resulting in seriousinjury or death.

o Always sit upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centered onthe seat cushion with your seat belton, legs comfortably extended andyour feet on the floor.

o Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

Adding Equipment to or ModifyingYour Airbag-Equipped Vehicle.

If you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system, frontend or side sheet metal or ride height,this may affect the operation of yourvehicle's airbag system.

o Passengers should not place hard orsharp objects between themselvesand the airbags. Carrying hard orsharp objects on your lap or in yourmouth can result in injuries if an airbaginflates.

o Keep occupants away from the airbagcovers. All occupants should sit up-right, fully back in their seats with theirseat belts on and their feet on the floor.If occupants are too close to the airbagcovers, they could be injured if theairbags inflate.

o Do not attach or place objects on ornear the airbag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside impact airbag covers could inter-fere with the proper operation of theairbags.

o Do not modify the front seats. Modi-fication of the front seats could inter-fere with the operation of the supple-mental restraint system sensing com-ponents or side impact airbags.

o Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the opera-tion of the supplemental restraint sys-tem sensing components and wiringharnesses.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

60 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

B260A01MC-A

B260A01MC-AAT

Type A

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

61

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

61

11. Low Oil Pressure Warning Light12. High Beam Indicator Light13. SRS (Airbag) Warning Light14. Parking Brake/Low Brake fluid Level Warning Light15. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)16. Overdrive Off Indicator Light (Automatic transaxle only)17. Trunk Lid/Tail Gate Open Warning Light18. Fuel Gauge19. ABS Service Reminder Indicator Light (If Installed)20. Low Fuel Warning Light

1. Tachometer 2. Turn Signal Indicator Lights 3. Door Ajar Warning Light 4. Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator Light

(If Installed) 5. Odometer/Trip Odometer 6. Speedometer 7. Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 8. Coolant Temperature Gauge 9. Seat Belt Warning Light10. Charging System Warning Light

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

62

B260B01MC-A

B260B01MC-AAT

Type B

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

63

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

63

11. Charging System Warning Light12. Parking Brake/Low Brake fluid Level Warning Light13. Seat Belt Warning Light14. High Beam Indicator Light15. Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light16. Fuel Gauge17. Overdrive Off Indicator Light (Automatic transaxle only)18. Low Fuel Warning Light19. Trunk Lid/Tail Gate Open Warning Light20. ABS Service Reminder Indicator Light (If Installed)

1. Tachometer 2. Turn Signal Indicator Lights 3. Low Oil Pressure Warning Light 4. Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator Light

(If Installed) 5. Odometer/Trip Odometer 6. SRS (Airbag) Warning Light 7. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) 8. Speedometer 9. Check Fuel Cap Warning Light10. Door Ajar Warning Light

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

64 WARNING AND INDICATORLIGHTS

!

B260P02Y-GAT

ABS Service Reminder Indi-cator (SRI) (If Installed)

When the key is turned to the "ON" posi-tion, the Anti-Lock Brake System SRI willcome on and then go off in a few seconds.If the ABS SRI remains on, comes onwhile driving, or does not come on whenthe key is turned to the "ON" position, thisindicates that there may be a problemwith the ABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby your Hyundai dealer as soon as pos-sible. The normal braking system will stillbe operational, but without the assis-tance of the anti-lock brake system.

WARNING:If both ABS SRI and Parking Brake/Brakefluid level warning lights remain "ON" orcome on while driving, there may be aproblem with E.B.D. (Electronic BrakeForce Distribution).If this occurs, avoid sudden stops andhave your vehicle checked by yourHyundai dealer as soon as possible.

B260C01A-AAT

O/D OFF Indicator(Automatic Transaxle only)

When the overdrive switch is turned on,the overdrive off indicator will go out. Thisamber indicator will be illuminated whenthe overdrive switch is turned off.

B260D01A-AAT

Turn Signal IndicatorLights

The blinking green arrow on the instru-ment panel shows the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not blink at all, amalfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be con-sulted for repairs.

B260F01A-AAT

High Beam Indicator Light

The high beam indicator light comes onwhenever the headlights are switched tothe high beam or flash position.

B260B01JM-AAT

SRS (Airbag) Warning Light

The SRS warning light comes on forapproximately 6 seconds after the key isturned to the "ON" position or after theengine is started, after which it will go out.

This light also comes on when the SRS isnot working properly. If the AIRBAG warn-ing light does not come on, or continu-ously remains on after operating for about6 seconds when you turned the ignitionkey to the "ON" position or started theengine, or if it comes on while driving,have the SRS inspected by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

65

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

65

B260G01A-AAT

Low Oil Pressure WarningLight

CAUTION:If the oil pressure warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, serious en-gine damage may result. The oil pres-sure warning light comes on wheneverthere is insufficient oil pressure. In nor-mal operation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on, then goout when the engine is started. If the oilpressure warning light stays on whilethe engine is running, there is a seriousmalfunction.If this happens, stop the car as soon asit is safe to do so, turn off the engine andcheck the oil level. If the oil level is low,fill the engine oil to the proper level andstart the engine again. If the light stayson with the engine running, turn the en-gine off immediately. In any instancewhere the oil light stays on when theengine is running, the engine should bechecked by a Hyundai dealer before thecar is driven again.

!

B260H03A-AAT

Parking Brake/Low Brake Fluid LevelWarning Light

CAUTION:If you suspect brake trouble, have yourbrakes checked by a Hyundai dealer assoon as possible. Driving your car witha problem in either the brake electricalsystem or brake hydraulic system isdangerous, and could result in seriousinjury or death.

Warning Light Operation

The parking brake/brake fluid level warn-ing light should come on when the park-ing brake is applied and the ignition switchis turned to "ON" or "START". After theengine is started, the light should go outwhen the parking brake is released.If the parking brake is not applied, thewarning light should come on when theignition switch is turned to "ON" or"START", then go out when the enginestarts.

!

If the light comes on at any other time, youshould slow the vehicle and bring it to acomplete stop in a safe location off theroadway. The brake fluid level warninglight indicates that the brake fluid level inthe brake master cylinder is low andbrake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT4 specifications should be added. Afteradding fluid, if no other trouble is found,the car should be immediately andcarefully driven to a Hyundai dealerfor inspection. If further trouble is experi-enced, the vehicle should not be driven atall but taken to a dealer by a professionaltowing service.Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-di-agonal braking systems. This means youstill have braking on two wheels even ifone of the dual systems should fail. Withonly one of the dual systems working,more than normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of the brakesystem working. If the brakes fail whileyou are driving, shift to a lower gear foradditional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

66

B260J01MC-AAT

Charging System WarningLight

The charging system warning light shouldcome on when the ignition is turned on,then go out when the engine is running.If the light stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a malfunction in theelectrical charging system. If the lightcomes on while you are driving, have thesystem checked by your Hyundai dealeras soon as possble.

B260M01A-AAT

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

The low fuel level warning light comes onwhen the fuel tank is approaching empty.When it comes on, you should add fuel assoon as possible. Driving with the fuellevel warning light on or with the fuel levelbelow "E" can cause the engine to misfireand damage the catalytic converter.

B260L02HP-GAT

Door Ajar Warning Lightand Chime

The door ajar warning light warns youthat a door is not completely closed andthe chime warns you that the key is in theignition switch.

NOTE :The warning chime only sounds when-ever the key is in the ignition switch andthe driver's side front door is open simul-taneously. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switchor the driver's side front door is closed.

B260K02A-AAT

Trunk Lid/Tail GateOpen Warning Light

This light remains on unless the trunk lid/tail gate is completely closed and latched.

B260O01MC-AAT

Check Fuel Filler Cap Warn-ing Light

This warning light indicates the fuel fillercap is not tight securely.Always make sure that the fuel filler capis tight.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

67

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

67

B260N01MC-AAT

Malfunction Indicator Light

This light illuminates when there is amalfunction of an exhaust gas relatedcomponent and the system is not func-tioning properly. This light will also illumi-nate when the ignition key is turned to the"ON" position, and will go out in a fewseconds after the engine is started. If itilluminates while driving, or does not illumi-nate when the ignition key is turned to the"ON" position, take your car to your nearestauthorized Hyundai dealer and have thesystem checked.

! CAUTION:Prolonged driving with the EmissionControl System Malfunction IndicatorLight illuminated may cause damage tothe emission control systems whichcould effect drivability or fuel economy.If the Emission Control System Malfunc-tion Indicator Light begins to flash ONand OFF, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible which could result inloss of engine power. Have the EngineControl System inspected as soon aspossible by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

The driver's seat belt warning light andchime will activate to the following tablewhen the ignition switch is in "ON" posi-tion.

B265E01MC-AAT

Seat Belt Warning Lightand Chime

*1) Warning pattern repeats 11 times withinterval 24 seconds. If the driver's seatbelt is buckled, the light will stop within6 seconds and chime will stop imme-diately.

*2) The light will stop within 6 secondsand chime will stop immediately.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat Belt Vehicle Speed Light-Blink Chime-Sound

Unbuckled

Buckled

Buckled →→→→→ Unbuckled

Unbuckled

Above 6mph(10 km/h)

↓Below 3mph

(5 km/h)

6 seconds

6 seconds

6 seconds *1)

↓Stop *2)

6 seconds None

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

68

NOTE:If the red engine coolant temperatureindicator light illuminates, it indicatesoverheating that may damage the en-gine.

B270A01A-AAT

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGSOUND

The front disc brake pads have wearindicators that should make a high-pitchedsquealing or scraping noise when newpads are needed. The sound may comeand go or be heard all the time when thevehicle is moving. It may also be heardwhen the brake pedal is pushed downfirmly. Expensive rotor damage will resultif the worn pads are not replaced. Seeyour Hyundai dealer immediately.

B900A01A-AAT

LIGHTS ON WARNING SOUND

The warning chime sounds when the taillights are on and the driver side door isopen. This prevents the battery from dis-charging by warning you when the car isleft with the tail lights on. The chimesounds until the tail lights are turned off.

B290A01MC-AAT

Engine Coolant TemperatureIndicator Light(If Installed)

WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. The engine coolant is un-der pressure and could erupt and causesevere burns. Wait until the engine iscool before removing the radiator cap.

!

These indicator lights show the tempera-ture of the engine coolant when the igni-tion switch is ON. Red indicator light illu-minates if the temperature of the enginecoolant is above 253.4±37.4°F(123±3°C). Blue indicator light Illuminatesif the temperature of the engine coolant isbelow 131±37.4°F (55±3°C).If the red indicator light illuminates, pullover and stop as soon as possible andturn off the engine. Then open the hoodand check the coolant level (See "If theengine overheats" on the page 3-4.) andthe water pump drive belt. If you suspectcooling system trouble, have your cool-ing system checked by a Hyundai dealeras soon as possible.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

69

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

69

!

B290A02A-AAT

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE (If Installed)

WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. The engine coolant is un-der pressure and could erupt and causesevere burns. Wait until the engine iscool before removing the radiator cap.

B290A01MC

The needle on the engine coolant tem-perature gauge should stay in the normalrange. The normal range is approximatelyin the middle between "H" and "C". If itmoves across the dial to "H" (Hot), pullover and stop as soon as possible andturn off the engine. Then open the hoodand, after the engine has cooled, checkthe coolant level and the water pumpdrive belt. If you suspect cooling systemtrouble, have your cooling systemchecked by a Hyundai dealer as soon aspossible.

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

B280A01TG-AAT

FUEL GAUGE

The needle on the gauge indicates theapproximate fuel level in the fuel tank.The fuel capacity is given in Section 9.

NOTE:The " " symbol means the fuel fillerlid is placed on the left side of the vehicle.

B280A01MC-A

Type A Type B

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

70

B310B01O-AAT

ODOMETER/TRIP ODOMETER

1. Odometer

The odometer records the total drivingdistance in miles, and is useful for keep-ing a record for maintenance intervals.It is normal for a new vehicle to have theodometer indicating less than 30 miles.

B310B01MC-A

B330A03A-AAT

TACHOMETER

The tachometer registers the speed ofyour engine in revolutions per minute(rpm).

B330A02MC

CAUTION:The engine should not be raced to sucha speed that the needle enters the redzone on the tachometer face. This cancause severe engine damage and mayvoid your warranty.

!

B300A01A-AAT

SPEEDOMETERYour Hyundai's speedometer is calibratedin miles per hour (on the outer scale) andkilometers per hour (on the inner scale).

B300A01MC-A

B300A02MC-A

Type A Type B Type A

Type B

Type A

Type B

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

71

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

71

Pushing in the trip switch for less than 1second when the ignition switch is turned"ON" displays the following sequence:

2. Trip Odometer

OMC025054

B310B02MC-A

B310B03MC-A

Trip odometer records the distance of 2trips in kilometers or miles.

TRIP A: Distance you have traveled fromyour origination point to a firstdestination.

TRIP B: Distance from the first destina-tion to the final destination.

When the trip switch is pressed for morethan 1 second, trip odometer will reset to0.

NOTE:Federal law forbids alteration of the odom-eter of any vehicle with the intent tochange the number of the odometer. Thealteration may void your warranty cov-erage.

Type A

Type B

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

72

To operate the headlights, turn the barrel onthe end of the multi-function switch. The firstposition turns on the parking lights, side-lights, tail lights and instrument panel lights.The second position turns on the headlights.

NOTE:The ignition must be in the "ON" positionto turn on the headlights.

Parking Light Auto Off

If you do not turn the parking lights "OFF"after driving, the parking lights will auto-matically shut "OFF" when the driver'sdoor is opened.

B340C04A-AAT

Headlight Switch

B340C02MC

B340B01A-AAT

Lane Change Signal

To indicate a lane change, move thelever up or down to a point where itbegins flashing.The lever will automatically return to thecenter position when released.

B340B01MC

MULTI-FUNCTION LIGHTSWITCH

B340A01A-AAT

COMBINATION TURN SIGNAL,HEADLIGHT AND LOW-BEAMSWITCHTurn Signal Operation

Pulling down on the lever causes the turnsignals on the left side of the car to blink.Pushing upward on the lever causes theturn signals on the right side of the car toblink. As the turn is completed, the leverwill automatically return to the centerposition and turn off the turn signals at thesame time. If either turn signal indicatorlight blinks more rapidly than usual, goeson but does not blink, or does not go onat all, there is a malfunction in the system.Check for a burned-out fuse or bulb orsee your Hyundai dealer.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

73

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

73WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

B340E01A-AAT

Headlight Flasher

To flash the headlights, pull the switchlever toward you, then release it. Theheadlights can be flashed even thoughthe headlight switch is in the "OFF" posi-tion.

B350A01A-AAT

The windshield wiper switch has threepositions:

1. Intermittent wiper operation2. Low-speed operation3. High-speed operation

NOTE:To prevent damage to the wiper system,do not attempt to wipe away heavy accu-mulations of snow or ice. Accumulatedsnow and ice should be removed manu-ally. If there is only a light layer of snowor ice, operate the heater in the defrostmode to melt the snow or ice beforeusing the wiper.

B340D01A-AAT

High-Beam Switch

OMC025060

To turn them "ON" again, you must simply turnthe ignition key to the "ON" position.If necessary, to keep the lights on when theignition key is removed, perform the following:

1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch.

To turn on the headlight high beams,push the lever forward (away from you).The High Beam Indicator Light will comeon at the same time. For low beams, pullthe lever back toward you.

OMC025059

B350A01MC-A

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

74

B350B01A-AAT

Windshield Washer Operation

To use the windshield washer, pull thewiper/washer lever toward the steeringwheel. When the washer lever is oper-ated, the wipers automatically make threepasses across the windshield. The washercontinues to operate until the lever isreleased.

B350B01MC-A

NOTE:o Do not operate the washer more than

15 seconds at a time or when thefluid reservoir is empty.

o In icy or freezing weather, be surethe wiper blades are not frozen to theglass prior to operating the wipers.

o In areas where water freezes in win-ter, use windshield washer antifreeze.

B350B02MC-A

Mist Wiper Operation

If a single wipe is desired in mist, movethe windshield wiper and washer controllever up.

B350C01MC-GAT

Adjustable Intermittent Wiper Op-eration

To use the intermittent wiper feature, placethe wiper switch in the "INT" position. Withthe switch in this position, the intervalbetween wipes can be varied from ap-proximately 1 to 15 seconds by turningthe interval adjuster barrel.

B350C01MC-A

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

75

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

75HAZARD WARNING SYS-TEM

INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTCONTROL (RHEOSTAT)

B370A01A-AAT

The hazard warning system should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignition.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

B410A01A-AAT

The instrument panel lights can be madebrighter or dimmer by turning the instru-ment panel light control knob.

B410A01MC

B390A01MC-AAT

Rear Window Wiper and Washer(If Installed)

B390A01MC-A

1. : The washer fluid will be sprayedonto the rear window and the wiperoperates while the rear windowwiper barrel is placed in this posi-tion.

2.ON : The rear window wiper starts tooperate continuously.

3.OFF

OMC025067

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

76 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH

B360A04A-AAT

(If Installed)

To turn on the front fog lights, push theswitch. They will light when the headlightswitch is in the second position and thekey is in the "ON" position.

NOTE:If you turn on the headlight high beams,the front fog lights will be turned off.

CAUTION:Do not clean the inner side of the rearwindow glass with an abrasive type ofglass cleaner or use a scraper to re-move foreign deposits from the innersurface of the glass as this may causedamage to the defroster elements.

NOTE:The engine must be running for the rearwindow defroster to operate.

!

OMC025062The rear window defroster and heatedoutside rearview mirrors are turned on bypushing in the switch. To turn the de-froster off, push the switch a second time.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns itself off after about 20 minutes. Torestart the defroster cycle, push in theswitch again after it has turned itself off.

OMC025072

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH

B380A01HP-AAT

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

77

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

77CIGARETTE LIGHTERDIGITAL CLOCK

B420A01A-AAT

For the cigarette lighter to work, the keymust be in the "ACC" position or the "ON"position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the element hasheated, the lighter will pop out to the"ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin. This can damage the heating elementand create a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine Hyundai re-placement or its approved equivalent.

HHR2098A

B400A01A-AAT

There are three control buttons for thedigital clock. Their functions are:

HOUR - Push "H" to advance the hourindicated.MIN - Push "M" to advance the minuteindicated.RESET - Push "R" to reset minutes to":00" to facilitate resetting the clock tothe correct time. When this is done:

Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 : 29changes the readout to 11 : 00. Pressing"R" between 11 : 30 and 12 : 29 changesthe readout to 12 : 00.

OMC025098-A

POWER OUTLET

B500D01TG-GAT

These supply 12V electric power to oper-ate electric accessories or equipment onlywhen the key is in the "ON" or "ACC"position.

OMC025106

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

78 DRINK HOLDER

OMC025108

B450A02O-AAT

FRONT DRINK HOLDER

The drink holder is located on the mainconsole for holding cups or cans.

ASHTRAY

To use the ashtray, open the cover. Toremove the ashtray to empty or clean it,pull it all the way out.

B430A01MC-GAT

OMC025103

! CAUTION:o Use when the engine is running and

remove a plug from the power outletafter using the electric appliance.Using when the engine stops or leav-ing the electric appliance plugged infor many hours may cause the bat-tery to discharge.

o Do not use the power outlet to con-nect electric accessories or equip-ment other than those designed tooperate on 12 volts.

o Some electronic devices can causeelectronic interference when pluggedinto the power outlet. These devicesmay cause excessive audio noiseand malfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

79

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

79

OMC025034

! WARNING:o Use caution when using the drink

holders. A spilled beverage that isvery hot can injure you or your pas-sengers. Spilled liquids can damageinterior trim and electrical compo-nents.

o Do not place objects other than cupsor cans in the drink holder. Objectscan be thrown out in the event of asudden stop or an accident, possiblyinjuring the passengers in the ve-hicle.

! WARNING:Use caution when using the drink hold-ers. A spilled beverage that is very hotcan injure your passengers. Spilled liq-uids can damage interior trim.

B450B01MC-GAT

REAR DRINK HOLDER (If Installed)

The rear drink holder is located in the rearseat armrest for holding cups or cans.The rear drink holder can be used bypulling the rear seat armrest.

!

SUNROOF

B460A02Y-AAT

(If Installed)Sun Shade

1JBA3110

Your HYUNDAI is equipped with a slidingsunshade which you can manually adjustto let in light with the sunroof closed, or toblock sunlight.

WARNING:Never adjust the sunshade while driv-ing. This could result in loss of controland an accident that may cause death,serious injury, or property damage.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

80

B460C01TG-AAT

Tilting the Sunroof System

Auto tilt up

To use the auto tilt feature, press the TILTUP button on the overhead console formore than 1 second. The sunroof will tiltall the way open. To stop the sunrooftilting at any point, press any sunroofcontrol button.

Manual tilt up

Press the TILT UP button on the over-head console for less than 0.5 second.

OMC025021

B460B01MC-GAT

Opening the Sunroof System

If your vehicle is equipped with this fea-ture, you can slide or tilt your sunroof withthe sunroof control buttons located on theoverhead console.The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in the"ON" position.

OMC025021

!

Auto slide open

To use the auto slide feature, press theSLIDE OPEN button on the overheadconsole for more than 1 second. Thesunroof will slide all the way open. Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point, pressany sunroof control button.

Manual slide open

Press the SLIDE OPEN button on theoverhead console for less than 0.5 sec-ond.

Manual slide close

To close the sunroof, press the TILT UPbutton on the overhead console and holdit until the sunroof is closed.

WARNING:Be careful that someone’s head, handsand body are not trapped by a closingsunroof.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

81

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

81

Manual tilt down

To close the sunroof, press the SLIDEOPEN button on the overhead consoleand hold it until the sunroof is closed.

NOTE:After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any water that ison the sunroof before operating it.

! WARNING:o Do not close a sunroof if anyone's

hands, arms or body are betweenthe sliding glass and the sunroofsash, as this could result in injury.

o Do not place your head or arms outof the sunroof opening at any time.

o While the vehicle is moving, alwayskeep the head, hands and other partsof the body of all occupants awayfrom the roof opening. Otherwise,you could be seriously injured if thevehicle stops suddenly or if the ve-hicle is involved in an accident.

! CAUTION:o Do not open the sunroof in severely

cold temperature or when it is cov-ered with ice or snow.

o Periodically remove any dirt that mayhave accumulated on the guide rails.

o Do not press any sunroof controlbutton longer than necessary.Damage to the motor or system com-ponents could occur.

B460D01NF-AAT

Manual Operation of Sunroof

If the sunroof does not electrically oper-ate:

1. Open the sunglass holder.2. Remove the two mounting screws of

the front overhead console with a (+)driver.

OMC025022

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

82

B460E01TG-GAT

Resetting the sunroof

Whenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or you use theemergency handle to operate the sunroof,you have to reset your sunroof system asfollows:

1. Turn the ignition key to the "ON" posi-tion.

2. Press the TILT UP button for more than1 second to tilt up the sunroof com-pletely when the sunroof is fully closed.Then, release the button.

3. Press and hold the TILT UP buttononce again until the sunroof has re-turned to the original position of TILTUP after it is raised a little higher thanthe maximum TILT UP position. Then,release the button.

4. Press and hold the TILT UP buttonwithin 5 seconds until the sunroof isoperated as follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN → SLIDECLOSE

Then, release the button.

! CAUTION:If the sunroof is not reset, it may notoperate properly.

3. Insert the hexagonal head wrench pro-vided with the vehicle into the socket.This wrench can be found in thevehicle's trunk or glove box.

4. Turn the wrench clockwise to open orcounterclockwise to close the sunroof.

OMC025023

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

83

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

83INTERIOR LIGHT

B480A01MC-GAT

Map Light (If Installed)

The two map light switches are locatedon both sides of the front overhead con-sole. Push in the map light switch to turnthe light on or off. This light produces aspot beam for convenient use as a maplight at night or as a personal light for thedriver and the passenger.

OMC025068

o "DOOR"In the "DOOR" position, the map lightcomes on when any door is opened re-gardless of the ignition key position. Thelight goes out gradually after 30 secondsif the door is closed. However if the igni-tion switch is ON or all doors are locked,map light will turn off even within 30seconds.

The interior courtesy light switch has threepositions. The three positions are:

o "DOOR"In the "DOOR" position, the interior cour-tesy light comes on when any door isopened regardless of the ignition keyposition. The light goes out graduallyafter 30 seconds if the door is closed.However if the ignition switch is ON or alldoors are locked, interior light will turn offeven within 30 seconds.

B490A01MC-AAT

Interior Light

B490A03MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

84

!

GLOVE BOX

WARNING:To avoid the possibility of injury in caseof an accident or a sudden stop, theglove box door should be kept closedwhen the car is in motion.

B500A01A-AAT

B500A01MC

o To open the glove box, pull on theglove box release lever.

o "ON"In the "ON" position, the light stays on atall times.

CAUTION:Do not leave the switch in this positionfor an extended period of time when thevehicle is not running.

!

SUNGLASS HOLDER

!

B491A03O-AAT

The sunglass holder is located on thefront overhead console. Push the end ofthe cover to open the sunglass holder.

WARNING:o Do not keep objects except sunglass

inside the sunglass holder. Such ob-jects can be thrown from the holderin the event of a sudden stop or anaccident, possibly injuring the pas-sengers in the vehicle.

o Do not open the sunglass holder whilethe vehicle is moving. The rear viewmirror of the vehicle can be blockedby an open sunglass holder.

B491A03MCo "OFF"In the "OFF" position, the light stays off atall times even though a door is open.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

85

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

85

B500B01NF-GAT

Illuminated Glove Box

Opening the glove box will automaticallyturn on the light when the multi-functionswitch is turned to the first position.

OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIR-ROR

B510A01A-AAT

Manual Type

The outside rearview mirrors areequipped with a remote control for yourconvenience. It is operated by the controllever in the bottom front corner of thewindow.Before driving away, always check thatyour mirrors are positioned so you cansee behind you, both to the left and rightsides, as well as directly behind yourvehicle. When using the mirror, alwaysexercise caution when attempting to judgethe distance of vehicles behind or alongside of you.

OMC025049

MULTI BOX

B500B01MC-GAT

The multi box is opened by pushing theknob downward.

OMC025105

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

86

CAUTION:o Do not operate the switch continu-

ously for an unnecessary length oftime.

o Scraping ice from the mirror facecould cause permanent damage. Toremove any ice, use a sponge, softcloth or approved de-icer.

!

CAUTION:If the mirror control is jammed with ice,do not attempt to break it free using thecontrol handle or by manipulating theface of the mirror. Use an approvedspray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) torelease the frozen mechanism or movethe vehicle to a warm place and allow theice to melt.

!B510B01Y-AAT

Electric Type (If Installed)

OMC025048

The outside rearview mirrors can be ad-justed to your preferred rear vision, bothdirectly behind the vehicle, and to therear of the left and right sides.The remote control outside rearview mir-ror switch controls the adjustments forboth right and left outside mirrors.

To adjust the position of either mir-ror:1. Move the selecting switch to the right

or left to activate the adjustable mecha-nism for the corresponding door mir-ror.

2. Adjust mirror angle by depressing theappropriate directional switch as illus-trated.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

87

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

87

B510D01HP-GAT

Outside Rearview Mirror Heater(If Installed)

The outside rearview mirror heater isactuated in connection with the rear win-dow defroster. To heat the outside rear-view mirror glass, push in the switch forthe rear window defroster. The rearviewmirror glass will be heated for defrostingor defogging and will give you improvedrear vision in inclement weather condi-tions. Push the switch again to turn theheater off. The outside rearview mirrorheater automatically turns itself off after20 minutes.

B510C01A-AAT

Folding the Outside Rearview Mir-rors

To fold the outside rearview mirrors, pushthem towards the rear. To unfold the out-side rear view mirrors, push them towardthe front.The outside rearview mirrors can befolded rearward for parking in restrictedareas.

OMC025051

! WARNING:Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the passen-ger side rearview mirror. It is a convexmirror with a curved surface. Any ob-jects seen in this mirror are closer thanthey appear.

OMC025072

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

88 PARKING BRAKEDAY/NIGHT INSIDE REAR-VIEW MIRROR

B520A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/night inside rearview mirror. The "night"position is selected by flipping the tab atthe bottom of the mirror toward you. In the"night" position, the glare of headlights ofcars behind you is reduced.

OMC025047

B530A02A-AAT

Always engage the parking brake beforeleaving the car. This also turns on theparking brake indicator light when thekey is in the "ON" or "START" position.Before driving away, be sure that theparking brake is fully released and theindicator light is off.

o To engage the parking brake, pull thelever up as far as possible.

o To release the parking brake, pull upthe lever and press the thumb button.Then, while holding the button in, lowerthe brake lever.

OMC035017

! WARNING:Do not adjust or fold the outside rearviewmirrors while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, and anaccident causing death, serious injuryor property damage.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

89

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

89

!

HIGH-MOUNTED REARSTOP LIGHT

B550A01S-GAT In addition to the lower-mounted rearstop lights on either side of the car, thehigh mounted rear stop light in the centerof the rear window or inserted in the rearspoiler also lights when the brakes areapplied.

B550A01MC

4 Door

B550A01MC-1

3 Door

WARNING:Whenever leaving vehicle or parkingalways set the parking brake as far aspossible and fully engage the vehicle'stransaxle into the park position. Ve-hicles not fully engaged in park with theparking brake set are at risk for movinginadvertently and injuring yourself orothers.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

90

3. Pull the support rod from the hood.

B570A01MC

4. Hold the hood open with the supportrod.

B570A02MC

CAUTION:Make sure that the support rod has beenreleased prior to closing the hood.

!

Before closing the hood, return the sup-port rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling.Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft. (30cm) above the closed position and let itdrop. Make sure that it locks into place.

OMC025020

2. Pull the secondary latch lever up andlift the hood.

1. Pull the release knob to unlatch thehood.

OMC025019

HOOD RELEASE

B570A01MC-GAT

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

91

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

91

! WARNING:o Always double check to be sure that

the hood is firmly latched before driv-ing away. If it is not latched, the hoodcould fly open while the vehicle isbeing driven, causing a total loss ofvisibility, which might result in anaccident.

o The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole provided inthe hood whenever you inspect theengine compartment. This will pre-vent the hood from falling and possi-bly injuring you.

o Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, as visionis obstructed and the hood could fallor be damaged.

B560A02MC-AAT

OMC025017

The fuel-filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up on thefuel-filler lid opener located on the frontfloor area on the left side of the car.

NOTE:If the fuel-filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radia-tor anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LIDRELEASE

B560A02MC

4 Door

B560A02MC-1

3 Door

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

92

! WARNING:If you must re-enter the vehicle,you should once again eliminatepotentially dangerous static elec-tricity discharge by touching ametal part of the vehicle, awayfrom the fuel filler neck, nozzle orother gasoline source.

- When using a portable fuel con-tainer be sure to place the con-tainer on the ground prior to refu-eling. Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire. Once refu-eling has begun, contact with thevehicle should be maintained untilthe filling is complete. Use onlyportable fuel containers designedto carry and store gasoline.

- Do not use cellular phones arounda gas station or while refueling anyvehicle. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cellu-lar phones can potentially ignitefuel vapors causing a fire. If youmust use your cellular phone useit in a place away from the gasstation.

! WARNING:o Gasoline vapors are dangerous.

Before refueling, always stop theengine and never smoke or allowsparks and open flames near thefiller area.

o Never operate your vehicle without afiller cap properly installed, flam-mable vapors and gasoline couldleak out in dangerous situations suchas a collision or rollover. If the fillercap must be replaced, only use genu-ine Hyundai replacement parts.

o After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to preventfuel spillage in the event of an acci-dent.

o Tighten the cap until it clicks, other-wise the " "light will illuminate.

o If you open the fuel filler cap duringhigh ambient temperatures, a slight"pressure sound" may be heard.This is normal and not a cause forconcern. Whenever you open the fuelfiller cap, turn it slowly.

o Do not "top off" after the nozzle au-tomatically shuts off when refueling.

o Automotive fuels are flammable/ex-plosive materials. When refueling,please note the following guidelinescarefully. Failure to follow theseguidelines may result in severe per-sonal injury, severe burns or deathby fire or explosion.

- Before refueling always note thelocation of the Emergency Gaso-line Shut-Off, if available, at thegas station facility.

- Before touching the fuel nozzle orfuel filler cap, you should eliminatepotentially dangerous static elec-tricity discharge by touching an-other metal part of the front of thevehicle, a safe distance away fromthe fuel filler neck, nozzle, or othergas source.

- Do not get back into a vehicle onceyou have begun refueling. Do nottouch, rub or slide against any itemor fabric (polyester, satin, nylon,etc.) capable of producing staticelectricity. Static electricity dis-charge can ignite fuel vapors re-sulting in explosion.

! WARNING:

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

93

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

93

! WARNING:- When refueling always shut the

engine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Always insure thatthe engine is OFF before and dur-ing refueling. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefuel filler cap and door are se-curely closed, before starting theengine.

- Do not light any fire around a gasstation. DO NOT use matches or alighter and DO NOT SMOKE orleave a lit cigarette in your vehiclewhile at a gas station especiallyduring refueling. Automotive fuelis highly flammable and can, whenignited, result in explosion byflames.

- If a fire breaks out during refueling,leave the vicinity of the vehicle,and immediately contact the man-ager of the gas station or contactthe police and local fire depart-ment. Follow any safety instruc-tions they provide.

!

TRUNK LID/TAIL GATE

B540A01MC-GAT

WARNING:The trunk lid or the tail gate should al-ways be kept completely closed whilethe vehicle is in motion. If it is left open orajar, poisonous exhaust gases may en-ter the car resulting in serious illiness ordeath to the occupants. See additionalwarnings concerning exhaust gases onpage 2-2.

Trunk Lid (4 Door)

o The trunk lid is opened by first turningthe key clockwise to release the lock,then raising the door manually.

o To close, lower the trunk lid, then pressdown on it until it locks. To be sure thetrunk lid is securely fastened, try to pullit up again.

Tail Gate (3 Door)

To open the tail gate, unlock it by turningthe key clockwise, then pull the outsidehandle toward you.To close, lower the tail gate and shutfirmly to engage the latch. Lock the tailgate by turning the key counterclockwise.If the vehicle is equipped with centraldoor locking, the tail gate can be lockedwithout a key. Push the front portion of thecentral door locking switch after closingthe tail gate.If the tail gate is open when the frontportion of the central door locking switchis pushed, the tail gate will be lockedwhen it is fully closed.

OMC025010

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

94

OMC025013

B540B02MC-AAT

Trunk Lid Emergency Latch Release(4 Door)

Your vehicle is equipped with a glow-in-the dark emergency trunk release leverlocated inside the trunk. It will glow afterthe trunk is closed. When pulled, thislever will release the trunk latch mecha-nism and open the trunk.

! WARNING:The trunk lid should always be kept com-pletely closed while the vehicle is inmotion. If it is left open or ajar, exhaustgases may enter the car and seriousillness may result.

B540D01MC-GAT

Remote Trunk Lid Release(4 Door)

OMC025011

To open the trunk lid without using thekey, pull up the lid release lever.To close, lower the trunk lid, then pressdown on it until it locks. To be sure thetrunk lid is securely fastened, check bytrying to pull it up again.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

95

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

95

! WARNING:o If a person becomes locked in the

trunk, pull the emergency trunk re-lease lever of the inside panel in thetrunk to open the trunk lid.

o Keep cars locked and keys out of thereach of children. HYUNDAI recom-mends parents teach children aboutthe emergency trunk release leverin their vehicle and how to open thetrunk lid if they are accidentallylocked in the trunk.

! CAUTION:To prevent damage to the goods or thevehicle, care should be taken when car-rying fragile or bulky objects in the lug-gage compartment.

! WARNING:Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretchthe luggage net. ALWAYS keep yourface and body out of its recoil path. DONOT use when the luggage net strapshave visible signs of wear or damage.

When loading the objects in the luggagecompartment, use the four rings locatedin the luggage compartment to attach theluggage net as shown illustration. Thiswill help prevent the objects from sliding.

LUGGAGE NET

B540D02O-AAT

(If Installed)

1JBA3113

B540D01MC

Type A

Type B

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

96 SUN VISOR

B580A01MC-AAT

B580A01MC

Your Hyundai is equipped with sun visorsto give the driver and front passengereither frontal or sideward shade. To re-duce glare or to shut out direct rays of thesun, turn the sun visor down.

A ticket holder is provided on the back ofthe sun visor for the driver. Vanity mirrorsare provided on the back of the sunvisorfor the driver and the front passenger (IfInstalled).

NOTE:The Supplemental Restraint System(SRS) label containing useful informa-tion can be found on the topside of sunvisor.

B580A02MC

CARGO AREA COVER

B650A01A-GAT

(3 Door)

Nothing should be carried on top of theluggage cover. Loose materials couldresult in injury to vehicle occupants dur-ing sudden braking.

B650A01MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

97

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

97

! WARNING:o Do not place the sun visor in such a

manner that it obscures visibility ofthe roadway, traffic or other objects.

o Do not move the sun visor out tocover the side window if there is anitem attended to it such as a garagedoor remote control, pens, air fresh-eners or the like. These objects couldcause injury if the curtain airbag isdeployed.

B500B01B-GAT

Illuminated Vanity Mirror(If Installed)

Opening the lid of the vanity mirror willautomatically turn on the mirror light.

OMC025100

B580C01JM-AAT

Sun Visor Extender (If Installed)

Your vehicle is equipped with sun visorextenders that may be used when thevisor is in the side glass position.

B580C01MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

98

!

STEERING WHEEL TILTLEVER

B600A01A-AAT

(If Installed)

To Adjust the Steering Wheel:1. Push the lever downward to unlock.2. Raise or lower the steering wheel to

the desired position.3. After adjustment, securely tighten the

lever by pulling it upward.

WARNING:Do not attempt to adjust the steeringwheel while driving as this may result inloss of control of the vehicle which maycause serious injury or death.

OMC025045

HORN

B610B01L-GAT

Press the pad on the steering wheel tosound the horn.

OMC025046

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

99

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

99HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL

B710A01TB-GAT

(If Installed)

1. Side Defroster Nozzle2. Side Ventilator3. Windshield Defroster Nozzle4. Center Ventilator

B710B01MC-AAT

Center Ventilator/Side Ventilator

B710A01MC

B710B01MC

The center ventilators are located in themiddle of the dashboard. The side venti-lators are located on each side of dash-board. To change the direction of the airflow, move the knob in the center of thevent up-and-down and side-to-side.The vents are opened when the ventknob is moved to " " position. Thevents are closed when the vent knob ismoved to " ". Keep these vents clear ofany obstructions.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

100 HEATING AND VENTILA-TION

B670A02A-GAT

(If Installed)

1. Temperature control2. Air conditioning switch (If Installed)3. Air intake control switch4. Air flow control5. Fan speed control

B670B01A-AAT

Fan Speed Control(Blower Control)

This is used to turn the blower fan on oroff and to select the fan speed.This blower fan speed, and therefore thevolume of air delivered from the system,may be controlled manually by setting theblower control between the "1" and "4"positions.

B670A02MC

B670B01MC

B670C03A-AAT

Air Intake Control

B670C03MC-1

This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculating inside air.

FreshRecirculation

With the " " mode selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside and is heated orcooled according to the other functionsselected.With the " " mode selected, air fromwithin the passenger compartment isdrawn through the heating system andheated or cooled according to the otherfunctions selected.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

101

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

101

NOTE:It should be noted that prolonged opera-tion of the intake air system in " "mode will give rise to misting of thewindshield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale. In addition prolonged useof the air conditioning with the " "mode selected may result in the air withinthe passenger compartment becomingexcessively dry.

B670D04O-AAT

Air Flow Control

This is used to turn the blower fan on/offand to direct the flow of air. Air can bedirected to the floor, dashboard outlets, orwindshield. Five symbols are used torepresent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster. The "OFF"mode is used to turn the blower fan off.

B670D09MC Face-Level

Selecting the "Face" mode will cause airto be discharged through the face levelvents.

B670D02MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

102

Bi-Level

Air is discharged through the face ventsand the floor vents. This makes it possibleto have cooler air from the dashboardvents and warmer air from the floor out-lets at the same time.

Floor-Level

Air is discharged through the floor vents,windshield defroster nozzle, side defrosternozzle and side ventilator.If the "Floor" mode is selected, the "Fresh"mode will be activated.

Floor-Defrost Level

Air is discharged through the windshielddefroster nozzle, the floor vents, sidedefroster nozzle and side ventilator.If the "Floor-Defrost" mode is selected,the A/C will turn on automatically and"Fresh" mode will be activated.

B670D03MC B670D04MC B670D05MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

103

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

103

Defrost-Level

Air is discharged through the windshielddefroster nozzle, side defroster nozzle,side ventilator.If the "Defrost" mode is selected, the A/Cwill turn on automatically and "Fresh"mode will be activated to improve wind-shield defrosting.

B670D06MC

MAX A/C-Level (If Installed)

Air is discharged through the face levelvents.If the "MAX A/C" mode is selected, the A/C will turn on automatically and "Recircu-lation" mode will be activated.

B670D07MC

NOTE:If the "Floor-Defrost" or "Defrost" modeis selected, the air conditioning will notturn off by pushing the A/C button.If the air flow control is set to the floor-defrost or the defrost mode, the A/C willturn on automatically but the A/C indica-tor light does not turn on. The A/C will notoff until the air flow control is set to theanother mode other than the floor-de-frost mode and the defrost mode.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

104

* The A/C or the air intake control switchreturns to its former setting.

NOTE:o The air intake control switch will

change to " " mode when theignition switch is turned "ON" withthe MAX A/C mode selected.

o When you change to another modefrom MAX A/C, the A/C and the airintake control switch are set asshown in the following chart.

A/C

ON

ON or OFF *

OFF

ON or OFF *

ON

ON

Air Intake

Control Switch

or *

OFF

B670E02A-AAT

Temperature Control

This control is used to adjust the degreeof heating or cooling desired.

Cool WarmB670E01MC

B670D08MC

OFF-Level

Air is discharged through the windshielddefroster nozzle, side defroster nozzleand side ventilator.

NOTE:If the air flow control is off, the air intakecontrol is set to the fresh mode auto-matically.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

105

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

105BI-LEVEL HEATING

B700A02A-AAT

Your Hyundai is equipped with bi-levelheating controls. This makes it possibleto have cooler air from the dashboardvents and warmer air from the floor out-lets at the same time. To use this feature:

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.

o Set the air flow control at the bi-level( ) position.

o Adjust the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

o Set the temperature control between"Cool" and "Warm".

B700B02MC

VENTILATION

B710A01A-AAT

To operate the ventilation system:

o Set the air intake control to "Fresh"mode ( ).

o To direct all intake air to the dashboardvents, set the air flow control to the ( )position.

o Adjust the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

o Set the temperature control between"Cool" and "Warm".

B710A03MC

HEATING CONTROLS

B690A02A-AAT

For normal heating operation, set the airintake control to the fresh air ( ) positionand the air flow control to the floor ( )position.For faster heating, the air intake controlshould be set in the recirculate ( )position.If the windows fog up, set the air flowcontrol to the defrost ( ) position (Theair conditioning will be turned on auto-matically) and the air intake control to thefresh air ( ) position.For maximum heat, move the tempera-ture control to "Warm".

B690A02MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

106 DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

B720A02FC-GAT

Use the heating/ventilation system todefrost or defog the windshield:

To remove interior fog on the wind-shield:

o Set the air flow control to the defrost( ) position. (The A/C will turn onautomatically and "Fresh" mode willbe activated.)

o Set the temperature control to the de-sired position.

o Set the fan speed control between "1"and "4" position.

B720A01MC-A

NOTE:When the A/C is operated continuouslyon the floor-defrost level ( ) or defrostlevel ( ), it may cause fog to form onthe exterior windshield. If this occurs,set the air flow control to the face levelposition ( ) and fan speed control to thelow position.

To remove the frost or exterior fogon the windshield:

o Set the air flow control to the defrost( ) position. (The A/C will turn onautomatically and "Fresh" mode willbe activated.)

o Set the temperature control to warm.o Set the fan speed control to position

"3" or "4".

B720A02MC-A

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

107

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

107AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

B740A02MC

B740A01A-AAT

(If Installed)Air Conditioning Switch

The air conditioning is turned on by push-ing the A/C button on the heating/airconditioning control panel.

B740B02A-AAT

Air Conditioning Operation(Cooling)

To use the air conditioning to cool theinterior:

o Turn on the fan control switch.o Turn on the air conditioning switch by

pushing in on the switch.The air conditioning indicator lightshould come on at the same time.

o Set the air intake control to the( )position.

B740B02MC

B730A01L-AAT

Operation Tips

o To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the car through the ven-tilation system, temporarily set the airintake control at the ( ) position.Be sure to return the control to the (

) position when the irritation haspassed to keep fresh air in the vehicle.This will help keep the driver alert andcomfortable.

o Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should be takenthat these are not blocked by leaves,snow, ice or other obstructions.

o To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air ( ) position, fan speed tothe desired position, turn on the airconditioning system, and adjust tem-perature control to desired tempera-ture.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

108

B740D01A-AAT

Operation Tips

o If the interior of the car is hot when youfirst get in, open the windows for a fewminutes to expel the hot air.

o When you are using the air condition-ing system, keep all windows closed tokeep hot air out.

o When moving slowly, as in heavy traf-fic, shift to a lower gear.This increases engine speed, which inturn increases the speed of the airconditioning compressor.

o On steep grades, turn the air condi-tioning off to avoid the possibility of theengine overheating.

o During winter months or in periodswhen the air conditioning is not usedregularly, run the air conditioning onceevery month for a few minutes.This will help circulate the lubricantsand keep your system in peak operat-ing condition.

o Set the temperature control to "Cool".("Cool" provides maximum cooling. Thetemperature may be moderated bymoving the control toward "Warm".)

o Adjust the fan control to the desiredspeed. For greater cooling, turn the fancontrol to one of the higher speeds ortemporarily select the ( )positionon the air intake control.

For dehumidified heating:

o Turn on the fan control switch.o Push the air conditioning switch. The

air conditioning indicator light shouldcome on at the same time.

o Set the air intake control switch to thefresh air ( ) position.

o Set the air flow control to the face ( )position.

o Adjust the fan control to the desiredspeed.

o For more rapid action, set the fan atone of the higher speeds.

B740C01MC-AAT

De-Humidified Heating

B740C02MC

o Adjust the temperature control to pro-vide the desired amount of warmth.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

109

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

109

B720A02E-AAT

DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

Use the heating/ventilation system to defrost or defog thewindshield:

To remove interior fog on the windshield;o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position. (The

A/C will turn on automatically and the "Fresh" mode willbe activated.)

o Set the temperature control to the desired position.o Set the fan speed control between "1" and "4" position.

To remove frost or exterior fog on the windshield;o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position. (The

A/C will turn on automatically and the "Fresh" mode willbe activated.)

o Set the temperature control to warm.o Set the fan speed control to position "3" or "4".

NOTE:When the A/C is operated continuously on the floor-defrost level ( ) or defrost level ( ), it may cause fog to formon the exterior windshield. If this occurs, set the air flow control to the face level position ( ) and fan speed controlto the low position.

B720A01MC-1 B720B01MC-1

Manual A/C Full automatic A/C Manual A/C Full automatic A/C

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

110 AUTOMATIC HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL SYSTEM

B970A01Y-AAT

(If lnstalled)

Your Hyundai is equipped with an auto-matic heating and cooling control systemcontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.

B970B01MC-GAT

Heating and Cooling Controls

1. Temperature Control2. Air Conditioning Switch3. Air lntake Control Switch4. Defroster Switch5. Blower Fan Control6. AUTO (Automatic Control) Switch7. Display Window8. Air Flow Control Switch9. OFF Switch

B970B01MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

111

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

111

B970C01MC-AAT

Automatic Operation

The FATC (Full Automatic TemperatureControl) system automatically controlsheating and cooling by doing as follows:

1. Push the "AUTO" switch. The indicatorlight will illuminate confirming that theFace, Floor and/or Bi-Level modes aswell as the blower speed and air con-ditioner will be controlled automati-cally.

2. Turn the "TEMP" knob to set the de-sired temperature.The temperature will increase to themaximum "HI" by turning the knobclockwise.The temperature will decrease to theminimum "LO" by turning the knobcounterclockwise.

NOTE:If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature mode willreset to Centigrade degrees.This is a normal condition and you canchange the temperature mode fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;

Press the "OFF" and "AUTO " switchsimultaneously for 3 seconds.The display shows that the unit of tem-perature is adjusted to Centigrade orFahrenheit (°C →→→→→ °F or °F →→→→→ °C).

B970C01MC

B970C02MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

112

1JBA4067

Photo Sensor

B980B01NF-AAT

Fan Speed Control

The fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by turning the fan speed controlknob. The higher the fan speed is, themore air is delivered. Pressing the "OFF"switch turns off the fan.

B980B01MC

B980A01Y-AAT

MANUAL OPERATION

The heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually as well by pushingbuttons other than the "AUTO" switch. Inthis state, the system sequentially worksaccording to the order of buttons selected.The function of the switchs which are notselected will be controlled automatically.Press the "AUTO" switch in order to con-vert to automatic control of the system.

NOTE:Never place anything over the sensorwhich is located on the instrument panelto ensure better control of the heatingand cooling system.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

113

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

113

B670C03Y-AAT

Air Intake Control Switch

This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculation of inside air.To change the air intake control mode,(Fresh mode, Recirculation mode) pushthe control switch.

FRESH MODE ( ) : The indicator lighton the button comes on when the airintake control is in fresh mode.

RECIRCULATION MODE ( ) : Theindicator light on the button is illuminatedwhen the air intake control is in recircula-tion mode.

B670C03MC

With the "Fresh" mode selected, air en-ters the vehicle from the outside and isheated or cooled according to the func-tion selected.

With the "Recirculation" mode selected,air from within the passenger compart-ment will be drawn through the heatingsystem and heated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

NOTE:It should be noted that prolonged opera-tion of the heating system in "recircula-tion" mode will give rise to fogging of thewindshield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale. In addition, prolonged useof the air conditioning with the "Recircu-lation" mode selected may result in theair within the passenger compartmentbecoming excessively dry.

B980D01Y-AAT

Heating and Cooling System Off

Press the "OFF" switch to stop the opera-tion of the heating and cooling system.

B980D01MC

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

114

Face-Level

When selecting the "Face-Level", the in-dicator light will come on, causing air tobe discharged through the face levelvents.

B670D02MC

Bi-Level

When selecting the "Bi-Level", the indica-tor light will come on and the air will bedischarged through the face vents andthe floor vents. This makes it possible tohave cooler air from the dashboard ventsand warmer air from the floor outlets atthe same time.

B670D03MC B670D04MC

Floor-Level

When selecting the "Floor-Level", the in-dicator light will come on and the air willbe discharged through the floor vents,windsheld defroster nozzle, side defrosternozzle and side ventilator.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

115

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

115

Floor-Defrost Level

When selecting the "Floor-Defrost Level"mode, the indicator light will come on andthe air will be discharged through thewindshield defroster nozzle, the floorvents, side defroster nozzle and sideventilator.If any of the temperature control switch,the blower fan control switch, or the de-frost switch is selected in "Floor-Defrost"mode, the A/C will turn on automaticallyand "Fresh" mode will be activated.

B670D05MC

B980F01MC-AAT

Defrost Switch

When the "Defrost" button is pressed, the" " mode will be automatically selectedand the air will be discharged through thewindshield defroster nozzle, side defrosternozzle and side ventilator. To assist indefrosting, the air conditioning will oper-ate if ambient temperature is higher than37.4°F (3°C) and automatically turns off ifthe ambient temperature drops below32°F (0°C).

B980F01MC

B980G01NF-AAT

Auto de-humidified control(If Installed)

There is a humidity sensor in the middleof the instrument panel. If it is very humidinside the car, the air conditioning isturned on automatically to control thehumidity.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

116

!CAUTION:

o Replace the filter every 10,000 miles(15,000 km) or once a year. If the caris being driven in severe conditionssuch as dusty, rough roads, morefrequent climate control air filter in-spections and changes are required.

o When the air flow rate is decreased,the system should be checked at anauthorized dealer.

CLIMATE CONTROL AIRFILTER

B760A01MC

Inside ofa vehicle

Evaporator core FilterBlower

Outside air

Inside air

The climate control air filter is located infront of the evaporator unit behind theglove box.It operates to decrease the amount ofpollutants entering the car.To replace the climate control air filter,refer to the page 6-15.

B760A07A-AAT

(For evaporator and blow unit)

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

117

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

117STEREO SOUND SYSTEM

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FM broad-casts generally begin to fade at shortdistances from the station. Also, FM sig-nals are easily affected by buildings,mountains, or other obstructions. Thesecan result in certain listening conditionswhich might lead you to believe a prob-lem exists with your radio. The followingconditions are normal and do not indicateradio trouble:

AM broadcasts can be received at greaterdistances than FM broadcasts. This isbecause AM radio waves are transmittedat low frequencies. These long, low fre-quency radio waves can follow the curva-ture of the earth rather than travellingstraight out into the atmosphere. In addi-tion, they curve around obstructions sothat they can provide better signal cover-age.

B750A02A-AAT

How Car Audio Works

AM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your car. This signal isthen received by the radio and sent toyour car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear.

Ionosphere

B750A02L

Mountains

Buildings

Obstructed area

Unobstructedarea

FM radio station

B750A03L

Ionosphere FM reception

B750A01L

Iron bridges

AM reception

This can be due to factors such as thedistance from the radio station, closenessof other strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

118

o Station Swapping - As an FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency may be-gin to play. This is because your radiois designed to lock onto the clearestsignal. If this occurs, select anotherstation with a stronger signal.

o Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig-nals being received from several di-rections can cause distortion or flutter-ing. This can be caused by a direct andreflected signal from the same station,or by signals from two stations withclose frequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

o Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

o Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering noisesto occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

B750A04L B750A05L

!

B750B05Y-AAT

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradio

When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

WARNING:Hyundai recommends that you neveruse a cell phone while driving. This couldresult in loss of control, and an accidentthat may cause death, serious injury, orproperty damage. You must stop at asafe place to use a cellular phone.

NOTE:Some states and cities have regulationsprohibiting the use of cell phones whiledriving. You should be aware of the spe-cific requirements in your area.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

119

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

119

1. POWER ON-OFF, VOLUME ControlKnob

2. BAND Select Buttons3. TUNE/MODE Select Knob4. AUTO SEEK Select Button5. SCAN Button6. EQ Button7. PRESET STATION Select Buttons

M445A01MC-A

AUDIO SYSTEM

M445A01MC-AAT

STEREO RADIO PLAYER OPERATION (M445) (If Installed)

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

120

M445B01MC-AAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob

The radio unit may be operated when theignition key is in the “ACC”or “ON” posi-tion. Press the knob to switch the poweron. The LCD shows the radio frequencyin radio mode or displays the CD track inCD mode. To switch the power off, pressthe knob again.

VOLUME Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to increase thevolume and turn the knob counterclock-wise to reduce the volume.

2. BAND Selector FM Selection But-ton

Pressing the button changes the FM1and FM2 bands.

AM Selection Button

Pressing the button selects the AMband. AM mode is displayed on LCD.

3. TUNE/MODE Select Knob

Rotate the knob clockwise to increasethe frequency and turn the knob counter-clockwise to reduce the frequency.

Mode Select Knob

Pressing the MODE knob changes theBASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER andBALANCE mode.The mode selected is shown on the dis-play.After selecting the each mode, rotate themode select knob clockwise or counter-clockwise.

BASS Control

To increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

MIDDLE Control

To increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MIDDLE,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

TREBLE Control

To increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TREBLE,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

FADER Control

Rotate the control knob clockwise to em-phasize rear speaker sound (front speakersound will be attenuated). When the con-trol knob is turned counterclockwise, frontspeaker sound will be emphasized (rearspeaker sound will be attenuated).

BALANCE Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the control knobis turned counterclockwise, left speakersound will be emphasized (right speakersound will be attenuated).

FM

AM

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

121

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

121

4. AUTO SEEK Select Button (Auto-matic Channel Selection)

Press the AUTO SEEK select button.When the side is pressed, the unit willautomatically tune to the next higher fre-quency and when the side is pressed,it will automatically tune to the next lowerfrequency.

5. SCAN Button

When you press the button, frequency ischanged and the next channel is re-ceived automatically. To stay on a sta-tion, press the SCAN button again.

6. EQ Button

Press the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, POPS, ROCK, JAZZ and OFF MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each press ofthe button changes the display as fol-lows;

7. PRESET STATION SelectButtons

Six stations for AM, FM1 and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronicmemory circuit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may beprogrammed into the memory of the ra-dio. Then, by simply pressing the AM / FMselect buttons and/or one of the six sta-tion select buttons, you may recall any ofthese stations instantly. To program thestations, follow these steps:

o Press AM/FM selector to set the bandfor AM, FM1 and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be storedby seek or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station selectbutton you wish to use to access thatstation.

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to the

audio system. The audio systemmechanism may be damaged if youspill them.

o Do not strike or allow anything toimpact the audio system, damage tothe system mechanisms could oc-cur.

CLASSIC → POPS → ROCK → JAZZ →DEFEAT

o Press the station select button for morethan two seconds. A select button indi-cator will show in the display indicat-ing which select button you have de-pressed. The frequency display willflash after it has been stored into thememory. You should then release thebutton, and proceed to program thenext desired station. A total of 24 sta-tions can be programmed by selectingone AM and two FM station per button.

o When completed, any preset stationmay be recalled by selecting AM, FM1or FM2 band and the appropriate sta-tion button.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

122

M445C01MC-GAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (M445) (If Installed)

1. CD Button2. TRACK UP/DOWN Button3. FF/REW Button4. REPEAT (RPT) Button5. CD SCAN Button6. CD EJECT Button7. RANDOM (RDM) Button

M445C01MC-A

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

123

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

123

M445D01MC-GAT

1. CD Select Button

o Insert the CD with the label facingupward.

o Insert the CD to start CD playback,during radio operation.

o When a disc is in the CD deck, if youpress the CD button the CD player willbegin playing even if the radio playeris being used.

o The CD player can be used when theignition switch is in either the “ON” or“ACC” position.

o Push the CD button to start CD play-back without pushing Power ON-OFFcontrol knob. (Only when a CD is in thedeck.

NOTE:o Do not stick paper or tape etc., on the

label side or the recording side ofany discs, as it may cause a mal-function.

o The unit cannot play a CD-R(Recordable CD) and CD-RW(Rewritable CD) that is not final-ized. Please refer to the manual ofCD-R/CD-RW recoder or CD-R/CD-RW software for more informationon finalization process.

o Depending on the recording status,some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may not beplayed on this unit.

2. TRACK UP/DOWN Button

o The desired track on the disc currentlybeing played can be selected usingthe track number.

o Press button once to skip forward tothe beginning of the next track.Press within a second after play-back begins to quickly move back-ward through a CD.If you press after more than a sec-ond, it will take you to the beginning ofthe track you are now listening to.

3. FF/REW Button

If you want to fast forward or reversethrough the compact disc track, push andhold the FF or REW button.When you release the button, the com-pact disc player will resume playing.

4. REPEAT (RPT) Button

o To repeat the track you are currentlylistening to, press the RPT button. Tocancel, press it again.

o If you do not release RPT operationwhen the track ends, it will automati-cally be replayed.This process will be continued untilyou push the button again or turn theradio OFF then ON.

5. SCAN Button

o To playback the first 10 seconds ofeach track, press the SCAN button.

o Press the SCAN button again within10 sec. when you have reached thedesired track.

6. CD EJECT Button

When the button is pressed with a CDloaded, the CD will eject.Forcing to eject : To force to eject a CD,press this button for more than 3 seconds.(Do this only when a CD is jammed andyou can not eject it in the normal way -e.g.) in case that you have inserted 2 CDsby mistake)

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

124

7. RANDOM (RDM) Button

Press the RDM button to listen the tracksin random, rather than sequential, order.Press it again to cancel random play.

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the

unit, keep the vehicle interior tem-perature within a normal range byusing the vehicle's air conditioningor heating system.

o When replacing the fuse, replace itwith a fuse having the correct capac-ity.

o All stored bookmarks are all erasedwhen the car battery is disconnectedor power to the vehicle is lost. If thisoccurs, the bookmarks will have tobe reset.

o This equipment is designed to beused only in a 12 volt DC batterysystem with negative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts.Do not attempt to disassemble oradjust any parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear soundscoming from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (in-cluding the speakers and CD) to wateror excessive moisture.

! CAUTION:o Do not insert warped or poor quality

discs into the CD player as damageto the unit may occur.

o Do not insert anything like coins intothe player slot as damage to the unitmay occur.

o Do not place beverages close to theaudio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.

o Do not strike or allow anything toimpact the audio system, damage tothe system mechanisms could oc-cur.

o Off-road or rough surface driving maycause the compact disc to skip. Donot use the compact disc when driv-ing in such conditions as damage tothe compact disc face could occur.

o Do not attempt to grab or pull thecompact disc out while the disc isbeing pulled into the audio unit by theself-loading mechanism. Damage tothe audio unit and compact disc couldoccur.

o Avoid using recorded compact discsin your audio unit. Original compactdiscs are recommended.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

125

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

125

M455A01MC-GAT

STEREO RADIO PLAYER OPERATION (M455) (If Installed)

1. POWER ON-OFF, VOLUMEControl Knob

2. AUDIO Select Button3. BAND Select Button4. SCAN Button5. EQ Button6. AUTO SEEK Select Button7. TUNE (MANUAL) Select Knob8. PRESET STATION Select Buttons

M455A01MC-A

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

126

M455B01MC-AAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob

o The radio unit may be operated whenthe ignition key is in the "ACC" or "ON"position. Press the button to switch thepower on. The LCD shows the radiofrequency in the radio mode, the tapedirection indicator in the tape mode orCD/MP3 track in the CD/MP3 mode.To switch the power off, press thebutton again.

o Push the FM/AM, TAPE or CD/MP3 toturn on that function without pushingPower ON-OFF control knob.

VOLUME Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to increase thevolume and turn the knob counterclock-wise to reduce the volume.

2. AUDIO Select Button

Pressing the AUDIO button changes theBASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER andBALANCE mode.The mode selected is shown on the dis-play.

After selecting the each mode, rotate theVolume control knob clockwise or coun-terclockwise.

BASS Control

To increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the bass,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

MIDDLE Control

To increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MIDDLE,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

TREBLE Control

Turn to the left or right for the desiredtreble tone.

FADER Control

Turn the control knob clockwise to em-phasize rear speaker sound (front speakersound will be attenuated). When the con-trol knob is turned counterclockwise, frontspeaker sound will be emphasized (rearspeaker sound will be attenuated).

BALANCE Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound. (Left speaker soundwill be attenuated) When the control knobis turned counter clockwise, left speakersound will be emphasized (Right speakersound will be attenuated).

3. BAND Select Button

Pressing the FM/AM button changes theAM, FM1 and FM2 bands. The modeselected is shown on the display.

4. SCAN Button

When you press the button, frequency ischanged and the next channel is receivedautomatically. To stay on a station, pressthe SCAN button again.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

127

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

127

5. EQ Button

Press the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, POPS, ROCK, JAZZ and OFF MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each press ofthe button changes the display as fol-lows;

6. AUTO SEEK Select Button (Auto-matic Channel Selection)

Press the AUTO SEEK select button.When the side is pressed, the unit willautomatically tune to the next higher fre-quency and when the side is pressed,it will automatically tune to the next lowerfrequency.

7. TUNE (Manual) Select Knob

Rotate the knob clockwise to increase thefrequency and turn the knob counter-clockwise to reduce the frequency.

8. PRESET STATION Select Buttons

Six stations for AM, FM1 and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronicmemory circuit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may beprogrammed into the memory of the ra-dio. Then, by simply pressing the bandselect button and/or one of the six stationselect buttons, you may recall any ofthese stations instantly. To program thestations, follow these steps:

o Press AM/FM selector to set the bandfor AM, FM1 and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be storedby seek or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station selectbutton you wish to use to access thatstation.

o Press the station select button for morethan two seconds. Beep sound will beheard while depressing the button. Youshould then release the button, andproceed to program the next desiredstation. A total of 24 stations can beprogrammed by selecting one AM andtwo FM station per button.

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to the

audio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.

o Do not strike or allow anything toimpact the audio system, damage tothe system mechanisms could oc-cur.

CLASSIC → POPS → ROCK → JAZZ →DEFEAT

o When completed, any preset stationmay be recalled by selecting AM, FM1or FM2 band and the appropriate sta-tion button.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

128

M455C01MC-A

M455C01MC-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (M455) (If Installed)

1. TAPE PROGRAM Button2. TAPE EJECT Button3. AUTO MUSIC Search (AMS) Button4. FF/REW Button5. REPEAT (RPT) Button6. DOLBY Button7. EQ Button

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

129

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

129

M455D01MC-GAT

1. TAPE PROGRAM Button

o This allows you to play the reverseside of the tape by merely depressingthe program button. An arrow will ap-pear in the display to show tape direc-tion.

o Push the TAPE button to turn on thatfunction without pushing power ON/OFF control knob.

2. TAPE EJECT Button

o When the button is pressed with acassette loaded, the cassette will eject.

o When the button is pressed duringFF/REW mode, the cassette will eject.

3. AUTO MUSIC Search (AMS) But-ton

Press the button to find the starting pointof each song in a prerecorded musictape. The quiet space between songs(must have at least 4 sec. gap) can beidentified by the AUTO MUSIC SEARCHbutton.

o Pressing the button will play the be-ginning of the next music segment.

o Pressing the button will start replay atthe beginning of the music just lis-tened to.

4. FF/REW Button

o Forward tape winding starts when theFF button is pressed during PLAY orREW mode.

o Tape PLAY starts when the FF buttonis pressed again during FF mode.

o Tape rewinding starts when the REWbutton is pressed during PLAY or FFmode.

o Tape PLAY starts when the REW but-ton pressed again during REW mode.

5. REPEAT (RPT) Button

o To repeat the track you are currentlylistening to, press the RPT button. Tocancel, press again.

o If you do not release RPT operationwhen the track ends, it will automati-cally be replayed.This process will be continued untilyou push the button again or turn thepower OFF then ON.

6. DOLBY Button

If you get background noise during tapePLAY, you can reduce this considerablyby merely pressing the DOLBY button. Ifyou want to cancel the DOLBY feature,press the button again.

7. EQ Button

Press the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, POPS, ROCK, JAZZ and OFF MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each press ofthe button changes the display as fol-lows;

NOTE :o To assure proper operation of the

unit, keep the vehicle interior tem-perature within a normal range byusing the vehicle's air conditioningor heating system.

o When replacing the fuse, replace itwith a fuse having the correct ca-pacity.

CLASSIC → POPS → ROCK → JAZZ →DEFEAT

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

130

o The preset station frequencies areall erased when the car battery isdisconnected. Therefore, all data willhave to be set again if this shouldoccur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotatingparts. Keep magnets, screwdriversand other metallic objects away fromthe tape mechanism and head.

o This equipment is designed to beused only in a 12 volt DC batterysystem with negative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts.Do not attempt to disassemble oradjust any parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sureto keep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear soundscoming from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (in-cluding the speakers and tape) towater or excessive moisture.

! CAUTION:o Do not insert anything like coins into

the player slot as damage to the unitmay occur.

o Do not place beverages close to theaudio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.

o Do not strike or allow anything toimpact the audio system, damage tothe system mechanisms could oc-cur.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

131

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

131

M455E01MC-A

M455E01MC-AAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (M455) (If Installed)- Compatiable with MP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE

1. AUDIO/MP3 CD Select Button2. TRACK UP/DOWN Button3. FF/REW Button4. REPEAT (RPT) Button5. RANDOM (RDM) Button6. BOOKMARK (MARK) Button7. SCROLL Button8. EQ Button9. CD EJECT Button10. SCAN Button11. FILE SEARCH Knob (TUNE Select Knob)12. DIRECTORY SEARCH Button

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

132

M455F01MC-AAT

1. AUDIO/MP3 CD Select Button

o Insert the CD with the label facingupward.

o Insert the CD to start CD playback,during radio operation or cassette tapeplaying.

o If you press the CD button while a discis in the CD deck, the CD player willbegin playing even if the radio or cas-sette player is being used.

o The CD player can be used when theignition switch is in either the “ON” or“ACC” position.

o Push the CD button to Start CD play-back without pushing Power ON-OFFcontrol knob. (Only when a CD is in thedeck.

NOTE :o Do not stick paper or tape etc., on the

label side or the recording side ofany discs, as it may cause a mal-function.

o The unit can play a multi-sessionCD-R (recordable CD) and CD-RW(rewritable CD) that consists of morethan two sessions.

Please refer to the manual of CD-R/CD-RW recoder or CD-R/CD-RW soft-ware for more information on final-ization process.

o Depending on the recording status,some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may not beplayed on this unit.

o Playback of MP3, AAC, and WMA fileformats are supported. Load to playtime for these formats may be longerdue to the compressed nature ofthese discs.

2. TRACK UP/DOWN Button

o The desired track on the disc currentlybeing played can be selected usingthe track number.

o Press button once to skip forward tothe beginning of the next track.Press within a second after play-back begins to quickly move backwardthrough a CD.If you press after more than a sec-ond, it will take you to the beginning ofthe file you are now listening to.

3. FF/REW Button

If you want to fast forward or reversethrough the compact disc track, push andhold the FF or REW button.When you release the button, the com-pact disc player will resume playing.

4. REPEAT (RPT) Button

o To repeat the track you are currentlylistening to, press the RPT button. Tocancel, press it again.

o To repeat the music within selectedfolder, press the RPT button for morethan 0.8 seconds. To cancel, press itagain. (MP3 CD only)

o If you do not release RPT operationwhen the track ends, it will automati-cally be replayed.This process will be continued untilyou push the button again or turn thepower OFF then ON.

5. RANDOM (RDM) Button

o Press the RDM button to listen to re-corded tracks in random sequence.Press RDM again to cancel or turn theaudio unit OFF then ON. The unitdefaults to playing tracks in sequentialorder.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

133

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

133

o To listen the music within the selectedfolder in random order, press the RDMbutton within a second. To cancel,press it again or or turn the power OFFthen ON. (MP3 CD only)

6. BOOKMARK (MARK) Button

When the CD player unit is operating, thedesired track on the disc can bebookmarked by using the MARKbutton.(MP3 CD only)

o Press the MARK button for more than0.8 seconds to bookmark the desiredtrack.“M” will be displayed on the LCD and“MEMORY No.” will display for ap-proximately five seconds.To play a bookmarked track, press theMARK button within 0.8 seconds andselect the bookmarked track to play.

o To erase a bookmarked track, pressthe MARK button for more than 0.8seconds. The unit will beep oncewhen the bookmark is erased.

7. SCROLL Button

When the CD is playing, you can scrollthrough long file names by pressing theDOLBY button for approximately one sec-ond. The file name will appear on theLCD for about three seconds.

8. EQ Button

Press the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, POPS, ROCK, JAZZ and OFF MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each press ofthe button changes the display as fol-lows;

9. CD EJECT Button

When the button is pressed with a CDloaded, the CD will eject.Forcing to eject : To force to eject a CD,press this button for more than 3 seconds.(Do this only when a CD is jammed andyou can not eject it in the normal way -e.g.) in case that you have inserted 2 CDsby mistake)

10. SCAN Button

o To playback the first 10 seconds ofeach track, press the button with thebeep sound for more than one second.Press the button again when reachedthe desired track.

o To playback the first 10 seconds ofeach track in the selected folder, pressthe button within one second. If itpressed for more than one second, itwill playback the first seconds of eachtrack in the all folder with beep sound.Press the button again within one sec-ond when reached the desired track,the searching function is released andthe track you desired will be played inthe selected folder. (MP3 CD only)

11. FILE SEARCH Knob(TUNE Select Knob)

o You can skip the track by turning theFILE SEARCH knob clockwise or coun-terclockwise.After selecting the desired track, pressthe FILE SEARCH knob to playbackthe track.If you do not press the FILE SEARCHknob within five seconds, the searchwill stop.

CLASSIC → POPS → ROCK → JAZZ →DEFEAT

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

134

12. DIRECTORY SEARCH Button

o You can move through the folder bypushing the DIR button to up ( ) anddown ( ).After moving the desired folder, pressthe FILE SEARCH knob to playbackthe selected folder.If you do not press the FILE SEARCHknob within five seconds, the searchwill stop.

NOTE :o To assure proper operation of the

unit, keep the vehicle interior tem-perature within a normal range byusing the vehicle's air conditioningor heating system.

o When replacing the fuse, replace itwith a fuse having the correct capac-ity.

o All stored bookmarks are all erasedwhen the car battery is disconnectedor power to the vehicle is lost. If thisoccurs, the bookmarks will have tobe reset.

o This equipment is designed to beused only in a 12 volt DC batterysystem with negative ground.

! CAUTION:o Do not insert warped or poor quality

discs into the CD player as damageto the unit may occur.

o Do not insert anything like coins intothe player slot as damage to the unitmay occur.

o Do not place beverages close to theaudio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.

o Do not strike or allow anything toimpact the audio system, damage tothe system mechanisms could oc-cur.

o Off-road or rough surface driving maycause the compact disc to skip. Donot use the compact disc when driv-ing in such conditions as damage tothe compact disc face could occur.

o Do not attempt to grab or pull thecompact disc out while the disc isbeing pulled into the audio unit by theself-loading mechanism. Damage tothe audio unit and compact disc couldoccur.

o Avoid using recorded compact discsin your audio unit. Original compactdiscs are recommended.

o This unit is made of precision parts.Do not attempt to disassemble oradjust any parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear soundscoming from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (in-cluding the speakers and tape) towater or excessive moisture.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

135

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

135

M465A01MC-A

M465A01MC-AAT

STEREO RADIO PLAYER OPERATION (M465) (If Installed)

1. POWER ON-OFF, VOLUME Control Knob2. BAND Select Button3. TUNE/MODE Select Knob4. AUTO SEEK Select Button5. SCAN Button6. EQ Button7. PRESET Station Select Buttons

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

136

M465B01MC-AAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob

The radio unit may be operated when theignition key is in the "ACC" or “ON” posi-tion. Press the knob to switch the poweron. The LCD shows the radio frequencyin the radio mode, the tape direction indi-cator in the tape mode or CD track ineither the CD mode or CD AUTOCHANGER mode. To switch the poweroff, press the knob again.

VOLUME Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to increase thevolume and turn the knob counterclock-wise to reduce the volume.

2. BAND Select Button

Pressing the FM/AM button changes theAM, FM1 and FM2 bands. The modeselected is shown on the display.

3. TUNE/MODE Select Knob

Rotate the knob clockwise to increase thefrequency and turn the knob counter-clockwise to reduce the frequency.

Mode Select Knob

Pressing the MODE knob changes theBASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER andBALANCE mode.The mode selected is shown on the dis-play.After selecting the each mode, rotate themode select knob clockwise or counter-clockwise.

BASS Control

To increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

MIDDLE Control

To increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

TREBLE Control

To increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TREBLE,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

FADER Control

Rotate the control knob clockwise to em-phasize rear speaker sound (front speakersound will be attenuated). When the con-trol knob is turned counterclockwise, frontspeaker sound will be emphasized (rearspeaker sound will be attenuated).

BALANCE Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the control knobis turned counterclockwise, left speakersound will be emphasized (right speakersound will be attenuated).

4. AUTO SEEK Select Button (Auto-matic Channel Selection)

Press the AUTO SEEK select button.When the side is pressed, the unit willautomatically tune to the next higher fre-quency and when the side is pressed,it will automatically tune to the next lowerfrequency.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

137

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

137

5. SCAN Button

When you press the button, frequency ischanged and the next channel is receivedautomatically. To stay on a station, pressthe SCAN button again.

6. EQ Button

Press the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, POPS, ROCK, JAZZ and OFF MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each press ofthe button changes the display as fol-lows;

7. PRESET STATION Select But-tons

Six stations for AM, FM1 and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronicmemory circuit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may beprogrammed into the memory of the ra-dio. Then, by simply pressing the AM / FMselect button and/or one of the six stationselect buttons, you may recall any ofthese stations instantly. To program thestations, follow these steps:

o Press AM/FM selector to set the bandfor AM, FM1 and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be storedby seek or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station selectbutton you wish to use to access thatstation.

o Press the station select button for morethan two seconds. A select button in-dicator will show in the display indicat-ing which select button you have de-pressed. The frequency display willflash after it has been stored into thememory. You should then release thebutton, and proceed to program thenext desired station. A total of 24 sta-tions can be programmed by selectingone AM and two FM station per button.

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to the

audio system. The audio systemmechanism may be damaged if youspill them.

o Do not strike or allow anything toimpact the audio system, damage tothe system mechanisms could oc-cur.

CLASSIC → POPS → ROCK → JAZZ →DEFEAT

o When completed, any preset stationmay be recalled by selecting AM, FM1or FM2 band and the appropriate sta-tion button.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

138

M465C01MC-A

M465C01MC-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (M465) (If Installed)

1. TAPE PROGRAM Button2. TAPE EJECT Button3. Auto Music Search (AMS) Button4. DOLBY Button5. FF/REW Button6. REPEAT (RPT) Button7. EQ Button

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

139

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

139

M465D01MC-GAT

1. TAPE PROGRAM Button

This allows you to play the reverse sideof the tape by merely pressing the pro-gram button. The PLAY and an arrow willappear in the display to show tape direc-tion.

2. TAPE EJECT Button

o When the EJECT button is pressedwith a cassette loaded, the cassettewill eject.

o When the EJECT button is pressedduring FF/REW mode, the cassette willeject.

3. AUTO MUSIC Search (AMS) But-ton

Press the button to find the starting pointof each song in a prerecorded musictape. The quiet space between songs(must have at least a 4 sec. gap) can beidentified by the AUTO MUSIC SEARCHbutton.

o Pressing the will play the begin-ning of the next music segment.

o Pressing the will start replay at thebeginning of the music just listened to.

o To stop FF or REW action, press thebutton again.

4. DOLBY Button

If you get background noise during tapePLAY, you can reduce this considerablyby merely pressing the DOLBY button. Ifyou want to cancel the DOLBY feature,press the button again.

5. FF/REW Button

o Fast forward tape winding starts whenthe FF button is pressed during PLAYor REW mode.

o PLAY starts when the FF button ispressed again during FF mode.

o Tape rewinding starts when the REWbutton is pressed during PLAY or FFmode.

o PLAY starts when the REW buttonpressed again during REW mode.

6. REPEAT (RPT) Button

o To repeat the track you are currentlylistening to, press the RPT button. Tocancel, press again.

o If you do not release RPT operationwhen the track ends, it will automati-cally be replayed.

This process will be continued until youpush the button again or turn the powerOFF then ON.

7. EQ Button

Press the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, POPS, JAZZ, ROCK and OFF MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each press ofthe button changes the display as fol-lows;

! CAUTION:o Do not insert anything like coins into

the player slot as damage to the unitmay occur.

o Do not place beverages close to theaudio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.

o Do not strike or allow anything to im-pact the audio system, damage to thesystem mechanisms could occur.

CLASSIC → POPS → ROCK → JAZZ →DEFEAT

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

140

M465E01MC-A

M465E01MC-AAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER/CD AUTO CHANGER OPERATION (M465) (If Installed)

1. LOAD Button2. CD Button3. CD EJECT Button4. TRACK UP/DOWN Button5. DISC Select Buttons6. FF/REW Button7. EQ Button8. SCAN Button9. BOOKMARK (MARK) Button10. REPEAT (RPT) Button11. RANDOM (RDM) Button

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

141

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

141

M465F01MC-AAT

1. LOAD Button

This compact disc player will accommo-date up to six compact discs.To insert multiple discs into the player,perform the following:

1. Press and release the LOAD Button.2. Green light on the slot will be illumi-

nated and the lowest number of emptyslot will blink on the display.After "WAIT" is displayed on the LCD,the slot will open with “LOAD” dis-played on the LCD.

3. Insert a disc partway into the slot, labelside up. The player will pull the disc in.

When the disc is inserted, the disc willbegin to play automatically.

NOTE :o The disc can be only inserted while

the green light is blinking on the slot.o This CD player is suitable only for 12

cm discs, do not use irregular shapedCDs.

To insert multiple discs do the followings:

1. Press and hold the LOAD button forone second or more.You will then hear a beep sound andthe green light on the slot will be illu-minated, and the numbers of emptydisc will blink on the display.

2. After "WAIT" is displayed on the LCDwith the lowest number of empty slotblinking, the slot will open with "LOAD"displayed on the LCD.

3. Insert a disc partway into the slot, labelside up. The player will pull the disc in.Once the disc is loaded, the numbersof the empty disc will blink on thedisplay continuously.If the next "DISC NO." is displayedwhen the slot is illuminated, you canthen load another disc.

4. Load the remaining disc by followingthe same procedures 1 and 2. Whenyou finished loading 6 discs, the CDplayer will begin to play the last CDloaded.

5. To load more than one disc but lessthan six, complete Steps 1 and 2.

When you have finished loading discs,press LOAD button to cancel the loadingfunction or wait for 10 seconds. The CDplayer will begin to play the last CD loaded.As each CD starts to play, the DISC num-ber will appear on the display.

NOTE :The disc player takes up to six discs. Donot try to load more than six.

2. CD Button

o Press the CD Button to start CD play-back, during radio operation or cas-sette tape playing.

o When discs are in the CD deck, if youpress the CD button, the CD player willbegin playing even if the radio or cas-sette player is being used.

o The CD player can be used when theignition switch is in either the "ON" or"ACC" position.

o Push the CD button to start CD play-back without pushing Power ON-OFFcontrol knob. (Only when a CD is in thedeck).

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

142

3. CD EJECT Button

o When the button is pressed with aCD loaded, the CD will eject.

o To eject all of the discs, press thisbutton for one second or more.

4. TRACK UP/DOWN Button

o The desired track on the disc currentlybeing played can be selected usingthe track number.

o Press once to skip forward to thebeginning of the next track.

o Press once to skip back to thebeginning of the track.

5. DISC Select Buttons

You can instantly select and play a de-sired CD by pressing any of buttons dur-ing play.

6. FF/REW Button

While the disc is playing, if you hold downthe FF button continuously, the selectedtrack is advanced. Holding down the REWbutton continuously moves the selectedtrack back.

7. EQ Button

Press the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, POPS, JAZZ, ROCK and OFF MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each press ofthe button changes the display as fol-lows;

8. SCAN Button

o Press the SCAN button to playback thefirst 10 seconds of each track.

o Press the SCAN button again within10 sec. when you have reached thedesired track.

9. BOOKMARK (MARK) Button

When the CD player unit is operating, thedesired track on the disc can bebookmarked by using the MARK button.o Press the MARK button for more than

0.8 seconds to bookmark the desiredtrack.This will display the “ADD(1~20)” sym-bol on the LCD with beep sound.To play the bookmarked tracks, pressthe MARK button within 0.8 seconds.

o To erase a bookmarked track, pressthe MARK button for more than 0.8seconds. The unit will beep oncewhen the bookmark is erased.

If you want to delete all tracks stored onMark Memory, press CD button in theMark Play mode for more than 0.8 sec-onds. You will hear a beep sound and alltracks will be deleted from Mark Memorywith “DEL ALL” displayed on the LCD.

NOTE :Tracks stored on Mark Memory will beautomatically erased after you eject CDsthat contain those tracks.

10. REPEAT (RPT) Button

o To repeat the track you are currentlylistening to, press the RPT button.To cancel, press again.

o To repeat the music within selectedCD, press the RPT button for morethan 0.8 seconds.To cancel, press it again for more than0.8 seconds.

o If you do not release RPT operationafter all the tracks are played back, theunit will play back again from the firsttrack.

CLASSIC → POPS → ROCK → JAZZ →DEFEAT

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

143

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

143

o Do not attempt to grab or pull thecompact disc out while the disc isbeing pulled into the audio unit by theself-loading mechanism. Damage tothe audio unit and compact disc couldoccur.

o This equipment is designed to beused only in a 12 volt DC batterysystem with negative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts.Do not attempt to disassemble oradjust any parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear soundscoming from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (in-cluding the speakers and tape) towater or excessive moisture.

o Avoid using recorded compact discsin your audio unit. Original compactdiscs are recommended.

o The unit is not sure of playing CD-RW(Rewritable).

11. RANDOM (RDM) Button

With random, you can listen to the tracksin random, rather than sequential order,on all of the discs or on one disc.

To use random, do the following: o Press the RDM button to listen to re-

corded tracks in random sequence.Press RDM again to cancel or turn theaudio unit OFF then ON. The unit de-faults to playing tracks in sequentialorder.

NOTE :o To assure proper operation of the

unit, keep the vehicle interior tem-perature within a normal range byusing the vehicle's air conditioningor heating system.

o When replacing the fuse, replace itwith a fuse having the correct capac-ity.

o All stored bookmarks are all erasedwhen the car battery is disconnectedor power to the vehicle is lost. If thisoccurs, the bookmarks will have tobe reset.

! CAUTION:o Do not insert warped or poor quality

discs into the CD player as damageto the unit may occur.

o Do not insert anything like coins intothe player slot as damage to the unitmay occur.

o Do not place beverages close to theaudio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.

o Do not strike or allow anything toimpact the audio system, damage tothe system mechanisms could oc-cur.

o Off-road or rough surface driving maycause the compact disc to skip. Donot use the compact disc when driv-ing in such conditions as damage tothe compact disc face could occur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotatingparts. Keep magnets, screwdriversand other metallic objects away fromthe tape mechanism and head.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

144 CARE OF CASSETTETAPES

CARE OF DISCS

Storage

When not in use, place your discs in theirindividual cases and store them in a coolplace away from the sun, heat, and dust.Do not grip or pull out the disc with yourhand while the disc is being pulled intothe unit by the self loading mechanism.

Keep Your Discs Clean

B850A02F-AAT

Proper Handling

Handle your disc as shown. Do not dropthe disc. Hold the disc so you will notleave fingerprints on the surface. If thesurface is scratched, it may cause thepickup to skip signal tracks. Do not affixtape, paper, or gummed labels on thedisc. Do not write on the disc.

Damaged Disc

Do not attempt to play damaged, warpedor cracked discs. These could severelydamage the playback mechanism.

Fingerprints, dust, or soil on the surface ofa disc could cause the pickup to skipsignal tracks. Wipe the surface clean witha clean soft cloth.If the surface is heavily soiled, dampen aclean soft cloth in a solution of mild neu-tral detergent to wipe it clean.

B860A01A-AAT

Proper care of your cassette tapes willextend the tape life and increase yourlistening enjoyment. Always protect yourtapes and cassette cases from direct sun-light, severely cold and dusty conditions.When not in use, cassettes should al-ways be stored in the original protectivecassette case. When the vehicle is veryhot or cold, allow the interior temperatureto become more comfortable before lis-tening to your cassettes.

o Never leave a cassette inserted in theplayer when not being played. Thiscould damage the tape player unit andthe cassette tape.

B850A01L

B850A02L

B860A01L

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

145

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

145

B860A03L

o The playback head, capstan and pinchrollers will develop a coating of taperesidue that can result in deteriorationof sound quality, such as a waveringsound. They should be cleanedmonthly using a commercially avail-able head cleaning tape or specialsolution available from audio specialtyshops. Follow the supplier's directionscarefully and never oil any part of thetape player unit.

o Always be sure that the tape is tightlywound on its reel before inserting inthe player. Rotate a pencil in the drivesprockets to wind up any slack.

o Be sure that the cassette label is notloose or peeling off or tape ejectionmay be difficult.

o Never touch or soil the actual audiotape surfaces.

o Keep all magnetized objects, such aselectric motors, speakers or transform-ers away from your cassette tapes andtape player unit.

o Store cassettes in a cool, dry placewith the open side facing down toprevent dust from setting in the cas-sette body.

o We strongly recommend against theuse of tapes longer than C-60 (60minutes total). Tapes such as C-120 orC-180 are very thin and do not performas well in the automotive environment.

o Avoid repeated fast / reverse usage toreplay one given tune or tape section.This can cause poor tape winding tooccur, and eventually cause exces-sive internal drag and poor audio qual-ity in the cassette. If this occurs, it cansometimes be corrected by fast wind-ing the tape from end to end severaltimes. If this does not correct the prob-lem, do not continue to use the tape inyour vehicle.

HLC216

Head

Cottonapplicator

B860A01MC

B860A02L

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

146

NOTE:Look at a tape before you insert it.If the tape is loose, tighten it by turningone of the hubs with a pencil or yourfinger.If the label is peeling off, do not put it in thedrive mechanism.Do not leave tapes sitting where they areexposed to hot, warm, or high humidity,such as on top of the dashboard or in theplayer.If a tape is exposed to excessively hot orcold, let it reach a moderate tempera-ture before putting it in the player.

ANTENNA

B870D01MC-GAT

MICRO ANTENNA

Your car uses the micro antenna to re-ceive both AM and FM broadcast signals.This antenna is folding and removabletype.

B870D01MC

CAUTION:o Be sure to fold the micro antenna

before entering a garage with a lowheight or installing a car cover. Theantenna can be folded into only frontposition.

o Before entering an automatic carwash, remove by turning the antennacounterclockwise to prevent dam-age to the micro antenna. To installthe antenna, turn the antenna clock-wise.

o When reinstalling your antenna, it isimportant that it is fully tightened toensure proper reception.

!

Engine Exhaust can be Dangerous! ............................. 2-2Before Starting the Engine ............................................ 2-3Key Positions ................................................................ 2-4Starting .......................................................................... 2-5Operating the Manual Transaxle ................................... 2-6Automatic Transaxle ..................................................... 2-9Anti-Lock Brake System ............................................. 2-13Good Braking Practices .............................................. 2-14Driving for Economy ................................................... 2-15Winter Driving ............................................................. 2-16Trailer Towing ............................................................. 2-20Vehicle Load Limit ....................................................... 2-20

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

22

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2

! WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!C010A03A-AAT

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open thewindows immediately.

o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death byasphyxiation.

o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have the exhaustsystem checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer.

o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.If you must drive with the trunk lid/ tail gate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshieldare kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

3

2

!

BEFORE STARTING THEENGINE

C020A02A-AAT

Before you start the engine, you shouldalways:

1. Look around the vehicle to be surethere are no flat tires, puddles of oil orwater or other indications of possibletrouble.

2. After entering the car, check to besure the parking brake is engaged.

3. Check that all windows, and lights areclean.

4. Check that the interior and exteriormirrors are clean and in position.

5. Check your seat, seatback and head-rest to be sure they are in their properpositions.

6. Lock all the doors.7. Fasten your seat belt and be sure that

all other occupants have fastenedtheirs.

8. Turn off all lights and accessories thatare not needed.

9. When you turn the ignition switch to"ON", check that all appropriate warn-ing lights are operating and that youhave sufficient fuel.

10. Check the operation of warning lightsand all bulbs when key is in the "ON"position.

PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Engine exhaust and a wide variety ofautomobile components and parts, in-cluding components found in the inte-rior furnishings in a vehicle, contain oremit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birthdefects and reproductive harm. In addi-tion, certain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicals knownto the State of California to cause can-cer and birth defects or other reproduc-tive harm.

! WARNING:o Always wear appropriate shoes

when operating your vehicle. Unsuit-able shoes (high heels, ski boots,etc.) may interfere with your abilityto use the brake and acceleratorpedal, and the clutch (if installed).

o All passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to pages: 1-22 through 1-31 for more information on theirproper use.

o Always check the surrounding ar-eas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into 'drive'.

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

4

C040A01A-AAT

WARNING:The engine should not be turned off orthe key removed from the ignition keycylinder while the vehicle is in motion.The steering wheel is locked by remov-ing the key.

o "START"

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key.

!

KEY POSITIONS

C040A01E-1

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

NOTE:Do not hold the key in the "START"position for more than 15 seconds.

o "ON"

When the key is in the "ON" position, theignition is on and all accessories may beturned on. If the engine is not running, thekey should not be left in the "ON" position.This will discharge the battery and mayalso damage the ignition system.

o "ACC"

With the key in the "ACC" position, someelectrical accessories (radio, etc.) may beoperated.

o "LOCK"

The key can be removed or inserted inthis position. To protect against theft, thesteering wheel locks by removing thekey.

NOTE:To unlock the steering wheel, insert thekey, and then turn the steering wheeland key simultaneously.

TO START THE ENGINE

C030A01A-AAT

COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCH

o If your Hyundai is equipped with amanual transaxle, place the shift leverin neutral and depress the clutch pedalfully.

o If your Hyundai has an automatictransaxle, place the shift lever in "P"(park).

o To start the engine, insert the ignitionkey and turn it to the "START" position.Release it as soon as the engine starts.Do not hold the key in the "START"position for more than 15 seconds.

NOTE:o For safety, the engine will not start if

the clutch pedal is not depressedfully (Manual Transaxle) or the shiftlever is not in "P" or "N" Position(Automatic Transaxle).

o The ignition key cannot be turnedfrom "ACC" position to "LOCK" po-sition unless the shift lever is in the"P" (Park) position or the negativebattery terminal is disconnectedfrom the battery. (For AutomaticTransaxle)

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

5

2

C070C01A-AAT

To Remove the Ignition Key

1. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC"position.

2. Simultaneously push and turn the igni-tion key counterclockwise from the"ACC" position to the "LOCK" position.

3. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"position.

C070C01E-1

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

STARTING

C050A01A-AAT

WARNING:Never run the engine in a closed orpoorly ventilated area any longer thanis needed to move your car in or out ofthe area. The carbon monoxide gasemitted is odorless and can cause se-rious injury or death.

C050A01E-1

!

LOCK ON

START

C050B02A-AAT

Normal Conditions:

The Starting Procedure:

1. Insert key, and fasten the seat belt.2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and

place the gearshift lever (manualtransaxle) in neutral or the selectorlever (automatic transaxle) in "P" (park)position.

3. After turning the ignition key to the"ON" position, make certain all warn-ing lights and gauges are functioningproperly before starting the engine.

WARNING:Be sure that the clutch is fully de-pressed when starting a manualtransaxle vehicle. Your manualtransaxle equipped vehicle will notstart unless the clutch pedal is fullydepressed. On a manual transaxleequipped vehicle that can be startedwithout depressing the clutch,

!

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

6

!

OPERATING THE MANUALTRANSAXLE

C070A01MC-GAT

Your Hyundai's manual transaxle hasfive forward gears and one reverse gear.This shift pattern is also imprinted on theshift knob. The transaxle is fully synchro-nized in all forward gears so shifting toeither a higher or a lower gear is easilyaccomplished.When shifting into reverse gear, pull themis-shift prevention tab and shift into re-verse gear position.

OMC035013

!there is the potential to cause damageto the vehicle or injury to someoneinside or outside the vehicle as a resultof the forward or backward movementof the vehicle that will occur if the clutchis not depressed when the vehicle isstarted.

4. Turn the ignition key to the "Start" po-sition and release it when the enginestarts.After the engine has started, allow theengine to run for 10 to 20 secondsprior to placing the vehicle in gear.The starter should not be operated formore than 15 seconds at a time. Wait15-30 seconds between starting at-tempts to protect the starter from over-heating.

WARNING: WARNING:Always fully depress the brake pedalbefore and while shifting out of the "P"Park position into another position toavoid inadvertent motion of the vehiclewhich could injure persons in or aroundthe car.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

7

2

NOTE:o To shift into reverse, rest the lever

in neutral for at least 3 seconds afteryour car is completely stopped. Thenmove the lever into the reverse po-sition.

o During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricanthas warmed up. This is normal andnot harmful to the transaxle.

o If you've come to a complete stopand it's hard to shift into 1st orR(Reverse), put the shift lever inN(Neutral) position and release theclutch. Press the clutch pedal backdown, and then shift into 1st orR(Reverse) gear position.

o Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as this canresult in premature wear of thetransaxle shift forks.

! CAUTION:o Do not downshift more than 2 gears

or downshift the gear when the en-gine is running at high speed (5,000RPM or higher). Such downshiftingmay damage the engine.

o When downshifting from fifth gear tofourth gear, caution should be takennot to inadvertently press the gearshift lever sideways in such a man-ner that second gear is engaged.Such a drastic downshift may causethe engine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer will enterthe red zone. Such over revving ofthe engine may possibly cause en-gine damage.

The shift points as shown above arerecommended for optimum fuel economyand performance.

C070E03A-AAT

RECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTS

C070B01A-AAT

Using the Clutch

The clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly. Do not rest your foot on the clutchpedal while driving. This can cause un-necessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe car on an incline. This causes unnec-essary wear. Use the parking brake tohold the car on an incline. Do not operatethe clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.

Shift

from-to

Recommended

mph(km/h)

15 (20)

25 (40)

35 (55)

45 (75)

1-2

2-3

3-4

4-5

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

8

!o In the event your vehicle leaves the

roadway, do not steer sharply. In-stead, slow down before pulling backinto the travel lanes.

o Never exceed posted speed limits.

WARNING:

!

o Exercise extreme caution when driv-ing on a slippery surface. Be espe-cially careful when braking, accelerat-ing or shifting gears. On a slipperysurface, an abrupt change in vehiclespeed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go outof control.

WARNING:o Always buckle-up! In a collision, an

unbelted occupant is significantlymore likely to be seriously injured orkilled than a properly belted occu-pant.

o Avoid high speeds when corneringor turning.

o Do not make quick steering wheelmovements, such as sharp lanechanges or fast, sharp turns.

o The risk of rollover is greatly in-creased if you lose control of yourvehicle at highway speeds.

o Loss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadwayand the driver oversteers to reenterthe roadway.

C070D03O-AAT

Good Driving Practices

o Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the car ingear.

o Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction. In-stead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brak-ing will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

o Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much bettercontrol of your car.

o Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into reverse.The transaxle can be damaged if youdo not. To shift into reverse, depressthe clutch, move the shift lever to neu-tral, wait three seconds, then shift tothe reverse position.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

9

2AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

C090A01A-AAT

The highly efficient Hyundai automatictransaxle has four forward speeds andone reverse speed. It has a conventionalshift pattern as shown in the illustration.At night, with the multi-function switchturned on to the parking light or head lightposition the appropriate symbol on theshift pattern indicator will be illuminatedaccording to the range selected.

OMC035014

CAUTION:Never shift into "R" or "P" positionwhile the car is moving.

!

NOTE:Depress the brake pedal and pushthe button when shifting

Push the button when shifting

The selector lever can be shiftedfreely.

For optimum fuel economy, accelerategradually. The transaxle will automati-cally shift to the second, third and over-drive gears.

C090B02A-AAT

The function of each position is asfollows:

o P (Park):

Use to hold the vehicle in place whenparking or while starting the engine.Whenever parking the car, apply the park-ing brake and shift the selector lever tothe "P" (Park) position.

CAUTION:Never place the selector lever in the"P" (Park) position unless the vehicle isfully stopped. Failure to observe thiscaution will cause severe damage tothe transaxle.

!

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

10

C090H01A-AAT

NOTE:o For smooth and safe operation, de-

press the brake pedal when shiftingfrom "Neutral" position or "Park"position to a forward or reverse gear.

o The ignition key must be in the "ON"position and the brake pedal fullydepressed in order to move the shiftlever from the "P" (Park) position toany of the other positions.

o It is always possible to shift from"R", "N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P"position.

C090G01A-AAT

o L (Low gear):

Use for driving up a very steep grade orfor engine braking when descendingsteep hills. When downshifting to "L", thetransaxle will temporarily remain in sec-ond gear until the vehicle has slowedenough for low gear to engage. Do notexceed 31 mph (50 km/h) in low gear.

C090F01A-AAT

o 2 (Second gear):

Use for driving on a slippery road, hillclimbing or engine braking downhill. "2"automatically shifts between first andsecond gears.This means that no shift-up to 3rd gear isperformed. However, the shift-up to thirdgear is done when the car speed ex-ceeds a certain value to prevent the en-gine from over-revving.Manually move the selector to "D" return-ing to normal driving condition.

C090C01A-AAT

o R(Reverse):

Use for backing up the vehicle. Bring thecar to a complete stop before shifting theselector lever to "R" position.

C090D02A-AAT

o N (Neutral):

In the "N" position, the transaxle is inneutral position, which means that nogears are engaged. The engine can bestarted with the shift lever in "N" position,although this is not recommended exceptif the engine stalls while the car is mov-ing.

C090E01A-AAT

o D (Drive):

Use for normal driving. The transaxle willautomatically shift through a four-gearsequence. Never downshift manually to"2" position or "L" position when vehiclespeed is more than 60 mph (96 km/h).

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

11

2

C090I04A-AAT

CAUTION:o Shift into "R" and "P" position only

when the vehicle has completelystopped.

o Do not accelerate the engine in re-verse or any of the forward positionswith the brakes applied.

o Always apply the footbrake whenshifting from "P" or "N", to "R", "D","2" or "L" position.

o Do not use the "P" (Park) position inplace of the parking brake. Alwaysset the parking brake, shift thetransaxle into "P" (Park) position andturn off the ignition when you leavethe vehicle, even momentarily. Neverleave the vehicle unattended whilethe engine is running.

o When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have atendency to roll backwards. Shiftingthe shift lever into 2nd gear will helpprevent the vehicle from rolling back-wards.

!o Check the automatic transaxle fluid

level regularly, and add fluid as nec-essary.

o See the maintenance schedule forthe proper fluid recommendation.

C090P01A-AAT

Overdrive Switch

When the overdrive switch is turned on,the transaxle will automatically upshift tothe second, third and overdrive gears.When the overdrive switch is turned off,the transaxle will not upshift to the over-drive gear. For normal driving, the selec-tor lever should be left in the "D" positionand the overdrive switch turned on.If you need to accelerate rapidly, pressthe accelerator pedal all the way to thefloor. The transaxle will automatically shiftto a lower gear, depending on the vehiclespeed and load.

OMC035016

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

12

WARNING:o Always buckle-up! In a collision, an

unbelted occupant is significantlymore likely to be seriously injured orkilled than a properly belted occu-pant.

o Avoid high speeds when corneringor turning.

o Do not make quick steering wheelmovements, such as sharp lanechanges or fast, sharp turns.

o The risk of rollover is greatly in-creased if you lose control of yourvehicle at highway speeds.

o Loss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadwayand the driver oversteers to reenterthe roadway.

o In the event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply. In-stead, slow down before pulling backinto the travel lanes.

o Never exceed posted speed limits.

!o Exercise extreme caution when driv-

ing on a slippery surface. Be espe-cially careful when braking, accelerat-ing or shifting gears. On a slipperysurface, an abrupt change in vehiclespeed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go outof control.

o Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothly de-pressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

o Turn the overdrive switch on for goodfuel economy and smooth driving. Ifengine braking is needed in the "D"range or if repeated upshifting anddownshifting between the 3rd and 4thgear is needed when climbing a gentleslope, it is recommended that the over-drive switch be turned off. Turn theoverdrive switch back on immediatelyafterward.

C090N06A-AAT

Good Driving Practices

o Never move the gear selector leverfrom "P" or "N" to any other positionwith the accelerator pedal depressed.

o Never move the gear selector leverinto "P" when the vehicle is in motion.

o Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into "R".

o Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may be ex-tremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

o Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shiftto a lower gear. When you do this,engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

o Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in "P"to keep the car from moving.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

13

2

!o If your vehicle becomes stuck in

snow, mud, sand, etc., then you mayattempt to rock the vehicle free bymoving it forward and backward. Donot attempt this procedure if peopleor objects are anywhere near thevehicle. During the rocking opera-tion the vehicle may suddenly moveforward of backward as it becomesunstuck, causing injury or damageto nearby people or objects.

WARNING: ! WARNING:ABS will not prevent accidents due toimproper or dangerous driving maneu-vers. Even though vehicle control isimproved during emergency braking,always maintain a safe distance be-tween you and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reduced dur-ing extreme road conditions.The braking distance for cars equippedwith an anti-lock braking system maybe longer than for those without it in thefollowing road conditions.During these conditions the veicleshould be driven at reduced speeds.

o Rough, gravel or snow-coveredroads.

o With tire chains installed.o On roads where the road surface is

pitted or has different surface height.

These roads should be driven at re-duced speeds. The safety features ofan ABS equipped vehicle should not betested by high speed driving or corner-ing. This could endanger the safety ofyourself or others.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYS-TEM

C120A01MC-AAT

(If Installed)

The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) isdesigned to prevent wheel lock-up dur-ing sudden braking or on hazardous roadsurfaces. The ABS control module moni-tors the wheel speed and controls thepressure applied to each brake. Thus, inemergency situations or on slick roads,ABS will increase vehicle control duringbraking.

NOTE:o A click sound may be heard in the

engine compartment when the ve-hicle begins to move after the engineis started. These conditions are nor-mal and indicate that the anti-lockbrake system is functioning prop-erly.

o During ABS operation, a slight pulsa-tion may be felt in the brake pedalwhen the brakes are applied. Also, anoise may be heard in the enginecompartment while braking. Theseconditions are normal and indicatethat the anti-lock brake system isfunctioning properly.

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

14

o Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wet brakescan be dangerous! Your car will notstop as quickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakes may cause the car to pullto one side. To dry the brakes, applythe brakes lightly until the braking ac-tion returns to normal, taking care tokeep the car under control at all times.If the braking action does not return tonormal, stop as soon as it is safe to doso and call your Hyundai dealer forassistance.

o Don't coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, usethe brakes to slow down, then shift toa lower gear so that engine brakingwill help you maintain a safe speed.

o Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal whiledriving can be dangerous because itcan result in the brakes overheatingand losing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

o If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

o If your car is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your car creepforward. To avoid creeping forward,keep your foot firmly on the brake pedalwhen the car is stopped.

o Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the gear selector lever in "P"(automatic transaxle) or in first or re-verse gear (manual transaxle). If yourcar is facing downhill, turn the frontwheels into the curb to help keep thecar from rolling. If your car is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the car fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe car from rolling, block the wheels.

GOOD BRAKING PRAC-TICES

!

C130A02A-AAT

WARNING:o Whenever leaving vehicle or park-

ing, always set the parking brake asfar as possible and fully engage thevehicle's transaxle into the park po-sition. Vehicles not fully engaged inpark with the parking brake set areat risk for moving inadvertently andinjuring yourself or others.

o All vehicles should always have theparking brake fully engaged whenparking to avoid inadvertent move-ment of the car which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.

o Nothing should be carried on top ofthe shelf panel behind the rear seat.If there were an accident or a suddenstop, such objects could move for-ward and cause damage to the ve-hicle or injure the occupants.

o After being parked, check to be surethe parking brake is not engaged andthat the parking brake indicator light isout before driving away.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

15

2DRIVING FOR ECONOMY

C140A02A-AAT

You can save fuel and get more milesfrom your car if you follow these sugges-tions:

o Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mod-erate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit"starts or full-throttle shifts and maintaina steady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to that of the other traffic so youdon't have to change speeds unnec-essarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so you canavoid unnecessary braking. This alsoreduces brake wear.

o Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, espe-cially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

o Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving with yourfoot resting on the brake pedal maycause the brakes to overheat, whichreduces their effectiveness and maylead to more serious consequences.

o Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the gearselector lever in "P" (automatic) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle)and block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

o Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat. Al-ways use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

o Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

o Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment can re-sult from hitting curbs or driving too fastover irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

o Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reduced main-tenance costs, maintain your car inaccordance with the maintenanceschedule in Section 5. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more fre-quent maintenance is required (seeSection 5 for details).

o Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your Hyundai should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials.It is especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the car. This extraweight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute tocorrosion.

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

16 WINTER DRIVING

C160A01A-AAT

The more severe weather conditions ofwinter result in greater wear and otherproblems. To minimize the problems ofwinter driving, you should follow thesesuggestions:

o Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

o Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

o Remember, your Hyundai does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

o Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting in the enginebucking. If this happens, shift to a lowergear. Over-revving is racing the en-gine beyond its safe limit. This can beavoided by shifting at the recommend-ed speeds.

o Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is oper-ated by engine power so your fueleconomy is reduced when you use it.

SMOOTH CORNERING

C150A01A-AAT

Avoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet. Ide-ally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

17

2

C160D01A-AAT

Check Battery and Cables

Winter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in Section6. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by your Hyundai dealer or aservice station.

C160C01A-AAT

Use High Quality Ethylene GlycolCoolant

Your Hyundai is delivered with high qual-ity ethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and prevents freez-ing. Be sure to replace or replenish yourcoolant in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in Section 5. Before win-ter, have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient for thetemperatures anticipated during the win-ter.

C160B01A-AAT

Snowy or Icy Conditions

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type to theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

NOTE:Tire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before fitting tirechains.

C160E01A-AAT

Change to "Winter Weight" Oil ifNecessary

In some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See Section 9for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultyour Hyundai dealer.

C160F01A-AAT

Check Spark Plugs and IgnitionSystem

Inspect your spark plugs as described inSection 6 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

18

C160K01A-AAT

Carry Emergency Equipment

Depending on the severity of the weatherwhere you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps or chains,flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,etc.

C160H01A-AAT

Use Approved Anti-Freeze in Win-dow Washer System

To keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedanti-freeze solution in accordance withinstructions on the container. Windowwasher anti-freeze is available fromHyundai dealers and most auto partsoutlets. Do not use engine coolant orother types of anti-freeze as these maydamage the finish.

C160G01A-AAT

To Keep Locks from Freezing

To keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozeninternally, you may be able to thaw it outby using a heated key. Handle the heatedkey with care to avoid injury.

C160I01A-AAT

Don't Let Your Parking Brake Freeze

Under some conditions your parking brakecan freeze in the engaged position. Thisis most likely to happen when there is anaccumulation of snow or ice around ornear the rear brakes or if the brakes arewet. If you think the parking brake mayfreeze, apply it only temporarily whileyou put the gear selector lever in "P"(automatic) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the car cannot roll. Then re-lease the parking brake.

C160J01A-AAT

Don't Let Ice and Snow AccumulateUnderneath

Under some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

19

2

!

!

USE OF LIGHTS

C180A01A-AAT

Check your lights regularly for correctoperation and always keep them clean.When driving during the day in conditionsof poor visibility, it is helpful to drive withheadlights on low beam. This enablesyou to be seen, as well as to see.

HIGHER SPEED MOTORING

C170A02A-AAT

Pre-Trip Inspections

1. Tires:Adjust the tire inflation pressures for high-way driving. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

NOTE:Never exceed the maximum tire infla-tion pressure shown on the tires.

WARNING:o Underinflated or overinflated tires

can cause poor handling, loss of ve-hicle control, and sudden tire failureleading to accidents, injuries, andeven death. Always check tires areproperly inflated before driving. Referto pages 2-20 and 8-3 for proper tirepressures and further information.

2. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

3. Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

o Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-outtires can result in loss of vehiclecontrol, collisions, injury, and evendeath. Worn-out tires should be re-placed as soon as possible andshould never be used for driving.Always check tire tread before driv-ing your car. Refer to 8-12 for furtherinformation and tread limits.

WARNING:

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

20 TRAILER TOWING

C190A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai should not be used to towa trailer. It is designed to be compact andlight for good fuel economy, and is notdesigned as a trailer-towing vehicle.Damages or malfunctions caused by tow-ing may not be covered by the limitedwarranties applying to your Hyundai.Damages or malfunctions that result fromtowing a trailer for commercial purposesare specifically not covered by Hyundailimited warranties.

C190A01MC

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

C190F01MC-AAT

Tire and Loading Information Label

C190F01MC-1

C190F01MC-2

Type A

Type B

C190F01MC-3

C190F01MC-4

Type C

Type D

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

21

2

Steps for Determining Correct LoadLimit(1)Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX pounds''on your vehicle's placard.

(2)Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

(3)Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXXkilograms or XXX pounds.

(4)The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs, andthere will be five 150 lb. passengersin your vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

The tire label located on the driver'sside of the center pillar outer panelgives the original tire size, cold tirepressures recommended for your ve-hicle, the number of people that can bein your vehicle and vehicle capacityweight.

Vehicle capacity weight:849 lbs (385 kg)Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:Total: 5 persons

(Front seat: 2 persons,Rear seat: 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum num-ber of occupants including a driver,your vehicle may carry.

However the seating capacity may bereduced based upon the weight of allof the occupants, and the weight of thecargo being carried or towed. Do notoverload the vehicle as there is a limitto the total weight, or load limit includ-ing occupants and cargo, the vehiclecan carry.

Towing capacity:We do not recommend using this ve-hicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehicle willincrease or decrease depending on theweight and the number of occupantsand the tongue load, if your vehicle isequipped with a trailer.

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

22

C190F01JM

Total

1400 lbs

(635 kg)

300 lbs

(136 kg)

1100 lbs

(489 kg)

Example 1

Item

A

B

C

Description

Vehicle Capacity Weight

Subtract Occupant Weight

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2

Available Cargo and

Luggage Weight

A B C

(5)Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

(6)If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your ve-hicle.

CAUTION:We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

!

C190F02JM

Example 2

Total

1400 lbs

(635 kg)

750 lbs

(340 kg)

650 lbs

(295 kg)

Item

A

B

C

Description

Vehicle Capacity Weight

Subtract Occupant Weight

150 lbs (68 kg) x 5

Available Cargo and

Luggage Weight

A B C

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

23

2

C190G03JM-AAT

Compliance Label

The compliance label is located on thedriver's side of the center pillar outerpanel.

The label shows the maximum allow-able weight of the fully loaded vehicle.This is called the GVWR (Gross Ve-hicle Weight Rating). The GVWR in-cludes the weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel and cargo.

C190G01A

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loadinginformation label for specific informa-tion about your vehicle’s capacityweight and seating positions. The com-bined weight of the driver, passengersand cargo should never exceed yourvehicle’s capacity weight.

C190F03JM

Total

1400 lbs

(635 kg)

860 lbs

(390 kg)

540 lbs

(245 kg)

Item

A

B

C

Description

Vehicle Capacity Weight

Subtract Occupant Weight

172 lbs (78 kg) x 5

Available Cargo Weight

Example 3

A B C

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

24

! WARNING:o Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, either themaximum front or rear GAWRand vehicle capacity weight. Ifyou do, parts, including tires onyour vehicle can break, and it canchange the way your vehiclehandles and braking ability. Thiscould cause you to lose controland crash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehicle.

!

This label also tells you the maximumweights that can be supported by thefront and rear axles, called Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on your front and rearaxles, you need to go to a weighstation and weigh your vehicle. Yourdealer can help you with this. Be sureto spread out your load equally on theleft and right sides of the centerline.

WARNING:o Never exceed the GVWR for your

vehicle, the GAWR for either thefront or rear axle and vehicle ca-pacity weight. Exceeding theseratings can cause an accident orvehicle damage. You can calcu-late the weight of your load byweighing the items (or people)before putting them in the ve-hicle. Be careful not to overloadyour vehicle.

! WARNING:o Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possible tirefailure that could lead to a crash.

o Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to a crash.

o A crash resulting from poor han-dling vehicle damage, tire failure,or increased stopping dis-tances could result in seriousinjury or death.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

25

2

NOTE:o Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by your warranty. Donot overload your vehicle.

o Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle– like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else – they move as fast asthe vehicle goes. If you have to stop orturn quickly, or if there is a crash, theitems will keep going and can causean injury if they strike the driver or apassenger.

!WARNING:

Items you carry inside your vehiclecan strike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in a crash.

o Put things in the cargo area ofyour vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

o Never stack items, like suitcases,inside the vehicle above the topsof the seats.

o Do not leave an unsecured childrestraint in your vehicle.

o When you carry something in-side the vehicle, secure it.

o Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

If the Engine Will Not Start ........................................... 3-2Jump Starting................................................................ 3-3If the Engine Overheats ............................................... 3-4Spare Tire ..................................................................... 3-5If You Have a Flat Tire ................................................. 3-7Changing a Flat Tire ..................................................... 3-7If Your Vehicle Must Be Towed ................................. 3-12Emergency Towing ..................................................... 3-14If You Lose Your Keys ............................................... 3-16

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

33

32

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOTSTART

!

D010B02A-AAT

If Engine Doesn't Turn Over or TurnsOver Slowly

D010A01A-AAT D010C01A-AAT

If Engine Turns Over Normally butDoes Not Start

1. Check fuel level.2. With the key in the "OFF" position,

check all connectors at ignition coiland spark plugs. Reconnect any thatmay be disconnected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine room.4. If the engine still refuses to start, call a

Hyundai dealer or seek other qualifiedassistance.

WARNING:If the engine will not start, do not pushor pull the car to start it. This couldresult in a collision or cause other dam-age. In addition, push or pull startingmay cause the catalytic converter tobe overloaded and create a fire hazard.

1. If your car has an automatic transaxle,be sure the gear selector lever is in "N"or "P" and the emergency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump Starting".

OMC055018 D010C03MC

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3JUMP STARTING

D010D01A-AAT

If the Engine Stalls While Driving

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keep-ing a straight line. Move cautiously offthe road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact a Hyundaidealer or seek other qualified assis-tance.

!

D020A02A-AAT

WARNING:The gas produced by the battery duringthe jump-start operation is highly ex-plosive. If these instructions are notfollowed exactly, serious personal in-jury and damage to the vehicle mayoccur! If you are not sure how to followthis procedure, seek qualified assis-tance. Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous and highlycorrosive. When jump starting, wearprotective glasses and be careful not toget acid on yourself, your clothing or onthe car.

D020A02MC

o If you should accidentally get acid onyour skin or in your eyes, immediatelyremove any contaminated clothingand flush the area with clear water forat least 15 minutes. Then promptlyobtain medical attention. If you mustbe transported to an emergency facil-ity, continue to apply water to the af-fected area with a sponge or cloth.

o The gas produced by the battery dur-ing the jump-start operation is highlyexplosive. Do not smoke or allow aspark or open flame in the vicinity.

o The battery being used to provide thejump start must be 12-volt. If you can-not deter-mine that it is a 12-volt bat-tery, do not attempt to use it for thejump start.

o To jump start a car with a dischargedbattery, follow this procedure exactly:

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, be sure the two ve-hicles are not touching.

2. Turn off all unnecessary lights andacces-sories in both vehicles.

34

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

D030A02A-AAT

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon asit is safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in "P"(automatic), or neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioner is on, turn it off.

3. If coolant is running out under the caror steam is coming out from the hood,stop the engine. Do not open the hooduntil the coolant has stopped runningor the steaming has stopped. If there isno visible loss of coolant and no steam,leave the engine running and check tobe sure the engine cooling fan is op-erating. If the fan is not running, turnthe engine off.

3. Attach the clamps of the jumper cablein the exact location shown on theprevious page. First, attach one clampof the jumper cable to the positive (+)post or cable of the discharged battery.Then attach the other end of the samecable to the positive (+) post or cableof the booster battery. Next, using theother cable, attach one clamp to thenegative (-) post or cable of the boosterbattery. Then attach the other end ofthat cable to a solid metal part of theengine away from the battery. Do notconnect the cable to any moving part.

4. Start the engine in the car with thebooster battery and let it run for a fewminutes. This will help to assure thatthe booster battery is fully charged.During the jumping operation, run theengine in this vehicle at about 2000rpm.

5. Start the engine in the car with thedischarged battery using the normalstarting procedure. After the enginestarts, leave the jumper cables con-nected and let the engine run at fastidle or about 2000 rpm for severalminutes.

6. Carefully remove the jumper cables inthe reverse order of attachment.

If you do not know why your battery be-came discharged (because the lights wereleft on, etc.), have the charging systemchecked by your Hyundai dealer.

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

5SPARE TIRE

!

!

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator, hosesor under the car. (If the air conditionerhad been in use, it is normal for coldwater to be draining from it when youstop).

Spare Tire Pressure

D040A02MC-AAT

TEMPORARY SPARE TIRE

The following instructions for the tem-porary spare tire should be observed:

1. Check inflation pressure as soon asis practical after installing the sparetire, and adjust to the specifiedpressure. The tire pressure shouldbe periodically checked and main-tained at the specified pressure whilethe tire is stored.

WARNING:While the engine is running, keep hands,long hair and clothing away from mov-ing parts such as the fan and drive beltsto prevent injury.

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor coolant is leaking out, stop the en-gine immediately and call the nearestHyundai dealer for assistance.

WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. This may allow cool-ant to be blown out of the opening andcause serious burns.

!

Tire Size

Inflation Pressure

T115/70D15

60 psi (420 kPa)

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addwater to the reservoir (Page 6-7) tobring the fluid level in the reservoir upto the halfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call a Hyundaidealer for assistance.

2. The spare tire should only be usedtemporarily and should be returnedto the luggage compartment as soonas the original tire can be repaired orreplaced.

3. Continuous use at speeds of over50 mph (80 km/h) is not recom-mended.

CAUTION:Serious loss of coolant indicates thereis a leak in the cooling system and thisshould be checked as soon as possibleby a Hyundai dealer.

36

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

!D040B01A-AAT

Handling the Spare Tire

Remove the installation bolt to removethe spare tire. To replace the spare tirein its storage compartment, tighten thebolt firmly with your fingers until thereis no more play in the spare tire.

D040B01MC

CAUTION:o Do not use snow chains with

your temporary spare tire.o Do not use more than one tempo-

rary spare tire at a time.

!

4. As the temporary spare tire is spe-cifically designed for your car, itshould not be used on any othervehicle.

5. The temporary spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the temporary spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

6. The temporary spare tire pressureshould be checked once a monthwhile the tire is stored.

WARNING:The temporary spare tire is for emer-gency use only. Do not operateyour vehicle on this temporary spareat speeds over 50 mph (80 km/h).The original tire should be repairedor replaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the spare possi-bly leading to personal injury ordeath.

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

7CHANGING A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

D060A01A-AAT

The procedure described on the fol-lowing pages can be used to rotatetires as well as to change a flat tire.When preparing to change a flat tire,check to be sure the gear selectorlever is in "P" (automatic) or reversegear (manual transaxle) and that theparking brake is set, then:

D060A01MC

D050A01A-AAT

If a tire goes flat while you are driving:

1. Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal and let the car slow downwhile driving straight ahead. Do notapply the brakes immediately orattempt to pull off the road as thismay cause a loss of control. Whenthe car has slowed to such a speedthat it is safe to do so, brake care-fully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and parkon firm, level ground. If you are ona divided highway, do not park inthe median area between the twotraffic lanes.

2. When the car is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers,set the parking brake and put thetransaxle in "P" (automatic) or re-verse (manual transaxle).

3. Have all passengers get out of thecar. Be sure they all get out on theside of the car that is away fromtraffic.

4. When changing a flat tire, follow theinstructions provided on the nextdescription.

38

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

D060C01MC

Flat tire

Block the wheel that is diagonallyopposite from the flat to keep thevehicle from rolling when the car israised on the jack.

D060C01A-AAT

2. Block the Wheel

Remove the spare tire and remove thejack and tool bag from the trunk.

NOTE:The spare tire and tool is locatedbeneath the luggage mat in the ve-hicle trunk or luggage compartment.

D060B01MC-AAT

1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool

D060B01MC-A

D060K01FC-AAT

Wheel Cap (If Installed)

1. Wrap a piece of cloth around the tipof the flat-head screwdriver to avoidscratching.

2. Insert the flat-head screwdriver intothe notch of the wheel cap and prygently to remove the wheel cap.

3. Change the flat tire.4. Reinstall the wheel cap by fitting

the boss of the wheel cap in thenotch of the wheel, hitting the cen-ter of the wheel cap with your hand.

D060K01MC

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

9

D060E01A-AAT

4. Put the Jack in Place

The base of the jack should be placedon firm, level ground. The jack shouldbe positioned as shown in the drawing.

1JBA6025

D060D01A-AAT

3. Loosen Wheel Nuts

The wheel nuts should be loosenedslightly before raising the car. Toloosen the nuts, turn the wrenchhandle counterclockwise. When doingthis, be sure that the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut so it cannotslip off. For maximum leverage, posi-tion the wrench so the handle is to theright as shown in the drawing. Then,while holding the wrench near the endof the handle, pull up on it with steadypressure. Do not remove the nuts atthis time. Just loosen them about one-half turn.

D060D01MC

D060F02E-AAT

5. Raising the Car

After inserting a wrench bar into thewheel nut wrench, install the wrenchbar into the jack as shown in thedrawing. To raise the vehicle, turn thewheel nut wrench clockwise. As thejack begins to raise the vehicle, doublecheck that it is properly positioned andwill not slip. If the jack is on softground or sand, place a board, brick,flat stone or other object under thebase of the jack to keep it from sink-ing.

Wrench bar

Wheel nut wrenchD060F01MC

310

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

!

Raise the car high enough so that thefully inflated spare tire can be installed.To do this, you will need more groundclearance than is required to removethe flat tire.

D060G02Y-AAT

6. Changing Wheels

Loosen the wheel nuts and removethem with your fingers. Slide the wheeloff the studs and lay it flat so it cannotroll away. To put the wheel on the hub,pick up the spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheel ontothem. If this is difficult, tip the wheelslightly and get the top hole in thewheel lined up with the top stud. Thenjiggle the wheel back and forth until thewheel can be slid over the other studs.

WARNING:Do not get under the car when it issupported by the jack! This is verydangerous as the vehicle could falland cause serious injury or death.No one should stay in the car whilethe jack is being used.

!WARNING:

Wheels and wheel covers may havesharp edges. Handle them carefullyto avoid possible severe injury.Before putting the wheel into place,be sure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that interferes with thewheel fitting solidly against the hub.If there is, remove it.

D060G03MC

D060G02MC

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

11

!D060H02A-AAT

7. Re-install Wheel Nuts

To reinstall the wheel cover, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them finger tight.The nuts should be installed with theirsmall diameter ends directed inward.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is com-pletely seated, then tighten the nutsas much as possible with your fingersagain.

D060H02MC

WARNING:If there is not good contact on themounting surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts could loosenand cause the loss of a wheel. Lossof a wheel may result in loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. This maycause serious injury or death.

D060I01E-GAT

8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts

Lower the car to the ground by turningthe wheel nut wrench counterclock-wise. Then position the wrench asshown in the drawing and tighten thewheel nuts. Be sure the socket isseated completely over the nut. Do notstand on the wrench or use an exten-sion pipe over the wrench handle.Go around the wheel tightening everyother nut until they are all tight. Thendouble-check each nut for tightness.

OMC045009

312

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

D060J01E-AAT

After Changing Wheels

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.

D060J01MC

After changing wheels, have a techni-cian tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65-80 lb.ft (900-1,100 kg.cm)

If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust ituntil it is correct. Always reinstall thevalve cap after checking or adjustingtire pressure. If the cap is not re-placed, air may leak from the tire. Ifyou lose a valve cap, buy another andinstall it as soon as possible.After you have changed wheels, al-ways secure the flat tire in its place inthe trunk and return the jack and toolsto their proper storage locations.

IF YOUR VEHICLE MUST BETOWED

D080A01O-GAT

If your vehicle has to be towed, it shouldbe done by your Hyundai dealer or acommercial tow truck service. This willhelp assure that your vehicle is not dam-aged in towing. Also, professionals aregenerally aware of local laws governingtowing. In any case, rather than risk dam-age to your car, it is suggested that youshow this information to the tow truckoperator. Be sure that a safety chain sys-tem is used and that all local laws areobserved.It is recommended that your vehicle betowed with a wheel lift and dollies orflatbed equipment with all the wheels offthe ground.

! CAUTION:o Your vehicle can be damaged if towed

incorrectly!o Be sure the transaxle is in neutral.o When the engine will not start, be

sure the steering is unlocked by plac-ing the key in the "ACC" position.

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

13

CAUTION:o When towing the vehicle, take care

not to cause damage to the bumperor underbody of the vehicle.

!

NOTE:Before towing, check the level of theautomatic transaxle fluid. If it is belowthe "HOT" range on the dipstick, addfluid. If you cannot add fluid, a towingdolly must be used.

2) If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towingdolly under the front wheels.

o Manual Transaxle:If you do not use a towing dolly, placethe ignition key in the "ACC" positionand put the transaxle in "N (Neutral)".

CAUTION:Do not tow with the key removed or inthe "LOCK" position when towing fromthe rear without a towing dolly.

D080B02MC

!

o Do not tow with sling type truck asthis may cause damage to thebumper or underbody of the vehicle.

1) If the vehicle is being towed with therear wheels on the ground, be sure theparking brake is released.

D080B01O-GAT

Towing the Vehicle

D080B01MC

Your vehicle can be towed by wheel lifttype truck (1), (2) or flatbed equipment(3).

1)

2)

3) dolly

314

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

D080D01MC-AAT

EMERGENCY TOWINGFor emergency towing when no commer-cial tow vehicle is available, attach a towcable, chain or strap to one of the towinghooks under the front/rear of your car. Donot attempt to tow your vehicle in thismanner on any unpaved surface. Thismay result in serious damage to your car.Nor should it be attempted if the wheels,drive train, axles, steering or brakes aredamaged. Before towing, be sure thetransaxle is in neutral and the key in"ACC" (with the engine off) or in the "ON"position (with the engine running). Adriver must be in the towed car to steer itand operate the brakes.

NOTE:Before towing, check the level of theautomatic transaxle fluid. If it is belowthe "HOT" range on the dipstick, addfluid. If you cannot add fluid, a towingdolly must be used.

OMC045015

OMC045016

!

D080B03MC

CAUTION:

o Automatic Transaxle:Be sure to use a towing dolly under thefront wheels.

A vehicle with an automatic transaxleshould never be towed from the rearwith the front wheels on the ground.This can cause serious damage to thetransaxle.

3) It is recommended that your vehicle betowed with all the wheels off the ground.

Front

Rear

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

15

CAUTION:If the car is being towed with all fourwheels on the ground, it can be towedonly from the front. Be sure that thetransaxle is in neutral. Do not tow atspeeds greater than 30 mph (50 km/h)and for more than 15 miles (25 km). Besure the steering is unlocked by plac-ing the key in the "ACC" position. Adriver must be in the towed vehicle tooperate the steering and brakes.

!

OMC045013

OMC045014

(1)Open the towing hole cover by push-ing it with your finger.

(2)Take out the towing hook from the jackcase. To mount the towing hook, ro-tate it clockwise.

NOTE:The jack case is located on the sparetire in the trunk or luggage compart-ment.

! CAUTIONIt should be tightened firmly with yourfingers until there is no more play in thetowing hole. Towing hook is located inthe jack case on the spare tire.

How to Use Front Towing Hook (3)Attach a tow cable, chain or strap to thetowing hook on the front bumper.

NOTE:Place the towing hook & towing holecover in its original position when not inuse.

316

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYS

D120A01A-AAT

If you lose your keys, many Hyundaidealers can make you a new key if youhave your key number.If you lock the keys inside your car andyou cannot obtain a new key, manyHyundai dealers can use special tools toopen the door for you.

CORROSION PREVENTION &APPEARANCE CARE

4Corrosion Protection ..................................................... 4-2To Help Prevent Corrosion .......................................... 4-3Washing and Waxing.................................................... 4-4Cleaning the Interior...................................................... 4-6

4

MChma-4.p65 9/6/2005, 5:21 PM1

44 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

2 CORROSION PROTECTION

E010B01A-AAT

Common Causes of Corrosion

The most common causes of corrosionon your car are:

o Road salt, dirt and moisture that isallowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

o Removal of paint or protective coat-ings by stones, gravel, abrasion orminor scrapes and dents which leaveunprotected metal exposed to corro-sion.

E010A01A-AAT

Protecting Your Hyundai from Cor-rosion

By using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, Hyundai produces cars of the high-est quality. However, this is only part ofthe job. To achieve the long term corro-sion resistance your Hyundai can deliver,the owner's cooperation and assistanceis also required.

E010C01A-AAT

High-Corrosion Areas

If you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts, dustcontrol chemicals, ocean air and indus-trial pollution.

E010D01A-AAT

Moisture Breeds Corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. For ex-ample, corrosion is accelerated by highhumidity, particularly when temperaturesare just above freezing. In such condi-tions, the corrosive material is kept incontact with the car surfaces by moisturethat is slow to evaporate.Mud is a particular enemy of corrosionprotection because it is slow to dry andholds moisture in contact with the ve-hicle. Even though the mud appears tobe dry, it can still retain moisture andpromote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations of othermaterials. This applies not only on thevisible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

MChma-4.p65 9/6/2005, 5:21 PM2

4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

3TO HELP PREVENT COR-ROSION

E020A01A-AAT

You can help prevent corrosion fromgetting started by observing the follow-ing:

E020B01A-AAT

Keep Your Car Clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

o If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.— you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

o When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view.

E020C01A-AAT

Keep Your Garage Dry

Don't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

E020D02A-AAT

Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-tion

Scratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are highlycorrosive and may damage painted sur-faces in just a few hours. Always removebird droppings as soon as possible.

E020E01A-AAT

Don't Neglect the Interior

Moisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be sure thecarpeting is dry. Use particular care if youcarry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clear waterand thoroughly dried.

Do a thorough job; just dampening theaccumulated mud rather than washingit away will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

o When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to ac-celerate corro-sion.

MChma-4.p65 9/6/2005, 5:21 PM3

44 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4

strong solvents or abrasive cleaning pow-ders as these may damage the finish.

Use a clean sponge or cloth, rinse itfrequently and don't damage the finish byrubbing too hard. For stubborn spots,dampen them frequently and removethem a little at a time.

To clean whitewall tires, use a stiff brushor soap-impregnated steel-wool scour-ing pad.

To clean plastic wheel covers, use aclean sponge or soft cloth and water.

To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels,use a mild soap or neutral detergent. Donot use abrasive cleaners. Protect thebare-metal surfaces by cleaning, polish-ing and waxing. Because aluminum issubject to corrosion, be sure to give alu-minum alloy wheels special attention inwinter. If you drive on salted roads, cleanthe wheels thoroughly afterwards.

After washing, be sure to rinse thoroughly.If soapy water dries on the finish, streak-ing will result.

When the weather is warm and the hu-midity low, you may find it necessary torinse each section immediately after wash-ing to avoid streaking.

After rinsing, dry the car using a dampchamois or soft, absorbent cloth. The rea-son for drying the car is to remove waterfrom the car so it will dry without waterspots. Don't rub, this can damage thefinish.

If you find any nicks or scratches in thepaint, use touch-up paint to cover them toprevent corrosion. To protect thepaintwork of the car against corrosion,you must clean your Hyundai (at leastonce a month). Give special attention tothe removal of salt, mud and other sub-stances on the underside of thesplashboards of the car. Make sure thatthe outlets and the underside of the doorsare open. Paint damage can be causedby small accumulation of tar, industrialprecipitation, tree resin, insects and birddroppings, when not removed immedi-ately.

WASHING AND WAXING

E030A01A-AAT

Washing Your Hyundai

Never wash your car when the surface ishot from being in the sun. Always washyour car in the shade.

Wash your car frequently. Dirt is abrasiveand can scratch the paint if it is not re-moved. Air pollution or acid rain maydamage the paint andtrim through chemical action if pollutantsare allowed to remain in contact with thesurface. If you live near the ocean or in anarea where road salts or dust controlchemicals are used, you should pay par-ticular attention to the underside of thecar. Start by rinsing the car to remove dustand loose dirt. In winter, or if you havedriven through mud or muddy water, besure to thoroughly clean the underside aswell. Use a hard direct stream of water toremove accumulations of mud or corro-sive materials. Use a good quality car-washing solution and follow themanufacturer's directions on the pack-age. These are available at your Hyundaidealer or auto parts outlet. Don't usestrong household detergents, gasoline,

MChma-4.p65 9/6/2005, 5:21 PM4

4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

5

E030B01A-AAT

Spot Cleaning

Don't use gasoline, strong solvents orcorrosive cleaning agents. These candamage the finish of the car. To removeroad tar, use turpentine on a clean, softcloth. Be gentle.To remove dead insects or tree sap, usewarm water and mild soap or car-wash-ing solution. Soak the spot and rub gen-tly. If the paint has lost its luster, use acommercial car-cleaning polish.

E030C01A-AAT

Polishing and Waxing

Always wash and dry the car before pol-ishing or waxing or using a combinationcleaner and wax. Use a good qualitycommercial product and follow themanufacturer's directions on the con-tainer. Polish and wax the bright trimpieces as well as the paint.

E030D01A-AAT

When to Wax Again

You should polish and wax the car againwhen water no longer beads on a cleansurface but spreads out over a largerarea.

E030E01A-AAT

Maintaining Bumpers

Special precautions must be observed topreserve the appearance of the bumperson your Hyundai. They are:

o Be careful not to spill battery electro-lyte or hydraulic brake fluid on thebumpers. If you do, wash it off imme-diately with clean water.

o Be gentle when cleaning the bumpersurfaces. They are made of soft plasticand the surface can be damaged ifmistreated. Do not use abrasive clean-ers. Use warm water and mild soap orcarwashing solution.

o Do not expose the bumpers to hightemperatures. For example, if you haveyour car repainted, do not leave thebumpers on the car if the car is goingto be placed in a high-temperaturepaint booth.

If water alone is not strong enough toremove the accumulated dirt, use a mildcar washing solution. Be sure to rinse thesurface after washing to remove the solu-tion. Never allow the solution to dry on thepainted surfaces.

MChma-4.p65 9/6/2005, 5:21 PM5

44 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

6

E040D01A-AAT

Cleaning the Seat Belts

To clean the seat belts, use a cloth orsponge with mild soap or detergent andwarm water. Do not use strong deter-gents, dye, bleach or abrasive materialson the seat belts as this may weaken thefabric.While cleaning the belts, inspect them forexcessive wear, cuts, fraying or othersigns of damage and replace them ifnecessary.

E040E01A-AAT

Cleaning the Windows

You may use any household windowcleaner on the windows. However, whencleaning the inside of the rear window becareful not to damage the rear windowdefroster wiring.

E040A01A-AAT

To Clean the Vinyl Upholstery

To clean the vinyl upholstery, first removeloose dirt and dust with a vacuum cleaner.Then apply a solution of mild soap ordetergent and water using a clean spongeor soft cloth. Allow this to stay on thesurface to loosen the dirt, then wipe witha clean damp sponge or cloth. If all thedirt stains are not removed, repeat thisprocedure until the upholstery is clean.Do not use gasoline, solvent, paint thin-ner or other strong cleaners.

E040C01A-AAT

Cleaning the Carpets

Use a foam-type carpet cleaner. Clean-ers of this type are available in aerosolcans in liquid form or powder. Read theinstructions and follow them exactly. Us-ing a vacuum cleaner with the appropri-ate attachment, remove as much dirt fromthe carpets as possible. Apply the foamfollowing the manufacturer's directions,then rub in overlapping circles. Do notadd water. These cleaners work bestwhen the carpet is kept as dry as pos-sible.

CLEANING THE INTERIOR

MChma-4.p65 9/6/2005, 5:21 PM6

4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

7ANY QUESTIONS?

E050A01A-AAT

If you have any questions about the careof your car, consult your Hyundai dealer.

MChma-4.p65 9/6/2005, 5:21 PM7

Maintenance Intervals ................................................... 5-2Scheduled Maintenance ............................................... 5-4Maintenance under Severe Usage Conditions ............ 5-6Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items ............. 5-7

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5 5

5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

2 MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

F010B01A-AAT

Maintenance Requirements

The maintenance required for yourHyundai can be divided into three mainareas:

o Specified scheduled procedureso General checkso Do-it-yourself maintenance

F010A01A-AAT

Service Requirements

To ensure that you receive the greatestnumber of miles of satisfying operationfrom your Hyundai, certain maintenanceprocedures must be performed. Althoughcareful design and engineering have re-duced these to a minimum, those that arerequired are of the utmost importance.It is your responsibility to have thesemaintenance procedures performed tocomply with the terms of the warrantiescovering your new Hyundai. The Owner'sHandbook supplied with your new ve-hicle provides further information aboutthese warranties.

F010D01A-AAT

General Checks

These are the regular checks you shouldperform when you drive your Hyundai oryou fill the fuel tank. A list of these itemswill be found on page 6-3.

F010C01A-AAT

Specified Scheduled Procedures

These are the procedures such as in-spections, adjustments and replacementsthat are listed in the maintenance chartsstarting on page 5-4. These proceduresmust be performed at the intervals shownin the maintenance schedule to assurethat your warranty remains in effect. Al-though it is strongly recommended thatthey be performed by the factory-trainedor distributor-trained technicians at yourHyundai dealer, these procedures maybe performed at any qualified servicefacility.It is suggested that genuine Hyundaiservice parts be used for any requiredrepairs or replacements. Other parts ofequivalent quality such as engine oil,engine coolant, manual or auto transaxleoil, brake fluid and so on which are notsupplied by Hyundai Motor Company orits distributor may be used without affect-ing your warranty coverage but you shouldalways be sure these are equivalent tothe quality of the original Hyundai parts.Your Owner's Handbook provides furtherinformation about your warranty cover-age.

F010E01A-AAT

Do-It-Yourself Maintenance

If you are mechanically inclined, own afew tools that are required and want totake the time to do so, you can inspectand service a number of items. For moreinformation about doing it yourself, seeSection 6.

5VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

3SCHEDULED MAINTE-NANCE REQUIREMENTS

F020A02A-AAT

o Inspection should be performed anytime a malfunction is experienced orsuspected.

o Receipts for all emission control sys-tem services should be retained todemonstrate compliance with condi-tions of the emissions system war-ranty.

o After 120 months or 150,000 miles(240,000 km), continue to follow theprescribed maintenance intervals.

o For severe usage maintenance re-quirements, see page 5-6 of this sec-tion.

F010F01A-AAT

A Few Tips

o Whenever you have your Hyundaiserviced, keep copies of the servicerecords in your glove box. This willhelp ensure that you can documentthat the required procedures have beenperformed to keep your warranties ineffect. This is especially importantwhen service is not performed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

o If you choose to do your own mainte-nance and repairs, you may find ithelpful to have an official HyundaiShop Manual. A copy of this publica-tion may be purchased at your Hyundaidealer's parts department.

5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

4 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

150

240

120

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS

VACUUM HOSE

CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSE

VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP

AIR CLEANER FILTER

FUEL TANK AIR FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

No. DESCRIPTION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

7.5

12

6

R

I

15

24

12

R

I

I

22.5

36

18

R

I

30

48

24

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

37.5

60

30

R

I

45

72

36

R

I

I

52.5

84

42

R

R

I

60

96

48

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

67.5

108

54

R

I

75

120

60

R

I

I

82.5

132

66

R

I

90

144

72

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

97.5

156

78

R

I

105

168

84

R

R

I

I

112.5

180

90

R

I

120

192

96

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

127.5

204

102

R

I

135

216

108

R

I

I

142.5

228

114

R

I

F030B01MC-AAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

F030A01A-AAT

The following maintenance services must be performed to assure good vehicle control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicleservices to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occursfirst.

5VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5

GENERAL ITEMS

DRIVE BELT (WATER PUMP, ALTERNATOR AND A/CON)

COOLANT

TIMING BELT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM

BALL JOINT

POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT AND HOSES

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

No. DESCRIPTION

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

7.5

12

6

15

24

12

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

22.5

36

18

30

48

24

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

37.5

60

30

45

72

36

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

52.5

84

42

60

96

48

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

67.5

108

54

75

120

60

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

82.5

132

66

90

144

72

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

97.5

156

78

105

168

84

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

112.5

180

90

120

192

96

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

127.5

204

102

135

216

108

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

142.5

228

114

150

240

120

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

See Note *2

Note :*1. FOR THE FIRST TIME, REPLACE THE COOLANT AT 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM) OR 60 MONTHS.

AFTER THAT, REPLACE IT EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM) OR 24 MONTHS.*2. FOR EVERY 10,000 MILES (15,000 KM) OR 12 MONTHS, WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST : "R"

F030C2MC-AAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

See Note *1

5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

6

DRIVINGCONDITION

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS,

PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE

& BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

TIMING BELT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

R

MAINTENANCEOPERATIONMAINTENANCE ITEM

EVERY 3,000 MILES (4,800 KM) OR 3 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS

EVERY 37,500 MILES (60,000 KM) OR 48 MONTHS

EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5miles (8km) in normaltemperature or less than 10miles (16km) in freezing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towingJ - Driving over 100 MPH (170 Km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

C, E

B, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G, H, I

C, E, F

B, C, D, E, F, G

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

C, E

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

F040A02MC-AAT

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart belowfor the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

5VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

7EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS

F060D01A-AAT

o Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses andConnections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havea trained techincian, replace any dam-aged or leaking parts immediately.

F060C01A-AAT

o Fuel Filter

A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause hard start-ing. If an excessive amount of foreignmatter accumulates in the fuel tank, thefilter may require replacement more fre-quently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections.Fuel filters should be installed by trainedtechnicians.

F060M01A-AAT

o Engine Oil and Filter

The engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

F060H01A-AAT

o Air Cleaner Filter

A Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter is replaced.

F060G01A-AAT

o Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

F060F01A-AAT

o Vacuum, Crankcase VentilationHoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact with anyheat source, sharp edges or moving com-ponent which might cause heat damageor mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

F060B01A-AAT

o Drive Belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,cracks, excessive wear or oil saturationand replace if necessary. Drive beltsshould be checked periodically for propertension and adjusted as necessary.

F060J01A-AAT

o Spark Plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

8

F070H01A-AAT

o Rear Brake Drums/Linings,Parking Brake

Check the rear brake drums and liningsfor scoring, burning, leaking fluid, brokenparts, and excessive wear. Inspect theparking brake system including the park-ing brake lever and cables. For detailedservice procedures, refer to the ShopManual.

F070F01A-AAT

o Brake Hoses and Lines

Visually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

F070G02A-AAT

o Brake Fluid

Check brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between"MIN" and "MAX" marks on the side of thereservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluidconforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4.

F070E06A-AAT

o Automatic Transaxle Fluid

The fluid level should be in the “HOT”range of the dipstick, after the engine andtransaxle are at normal operating tem-perature. Check the automatic transaxlefluid level with the engine running andthe transaxle in neutral, with the parkingbrake properly applied. Use HYUNDAIGENUINE ATF SP III, DIAMOND ATF SPIII, SK ATF SP III or other brands meetingthe SP III specification approved byHyundai Motor Co. when adding or chang-ing fluid. Using the wrong ATF may resultin damage to the ATM.

F070D01A-AAT

o Manual Transaxle Oil

Inspect the manual transaxle oil accord-ing to the maintenance schedule.

NOTE:If the oil level is low, check for possibleleaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.

F060E01A-AAT

o Timing Belt

Inspect all parts related to the timing beltfor damage and deformation. Replaceany damaged parts immediately.

F070C01A-AAT

o Coolant

The coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

5VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

9

F070M01A-AAT

o Steering Gear Box, Linkage &Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in the steer-ing wheel. Check the linkage for bends ordamage. Check the dust boots and balljoints for deterioration, cracks, or dam-age. Replace any damaged parts.

F070L01A-AAT

o Suspension Mounting Bolts

Check the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

F070K01A-AAT

o Exhaust Pipe and Muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

F070J01A-AAT

o Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

F070Q01A-AAT

o Air Conditioning Refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage. Checkair conditioning performance accordingto the relevant shop manual if necessary.

F070P01A-AAT

o Driveshafts and Boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage. Re-place any damaged parts and, if neces-sary, repack the grease.

F070N01A-AAT

o Power Steering Pump, Belt andHoses

Check the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt forevidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear,oiliness and proper tension. Replace oradjust it if necessary.

Engine Compartment .................................................... 6-2General Checks ............................................................ 6-3Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 6-4Checking the Engine Oil ............................................... 6-4Checking and Changing the Engine Coolant ................ 6-7Changing the Air Cleaner Filter ..................................... 6-8Checking the Transaxle Oil (Manual) ......................... 6-11Checking the Transaxle Fluid (Automatic) .................. 6-11Checking the Brakes .................................................. 6-13Air Conditioning Care .................................................. 6-14Changing the Air Conditioner Filter ............................. 6-15Checking and Replacing Fuses .................................. 6-16Checking the Battery .................................................. 6-19Power Steering Fluid Level ......................................... 6-21Replacement of Light Bulbs ........................................ 6-22Bulb Wattages ............................................................. 6-27Fuse Panel Description ............................................... 6-28

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6 6

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT

G010A01MC-AAT

1. Engine coolant reservoir .......... 6-72. Engine oil filler cap .................. 6-63. Brake fluid reservoir ............... 6-144. Air cleaner filter ........................ 6-8

5. Windshield washer fluidreservoir cap ........................... 6-10

6. Power steering fluid reservoir(If Installed) ............................. 6-21

7. Engine oil level dipstick ........... 6-5

8. Radiator cap ............................. 6-79. Automatic transaxle fluid level

dipstick (If Installed) ................ 6-1210. Battery ..................................... 6-1911. Fuse/Relay box ....................... 6-16

OMC055036

CAUTION:When inspecting or servicingthe engine, you should handletools and other heavy objectscarefully so that the plasticcover of the engine is not dam-aged.

!

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

3GENERAL CHECKS

G020C01A-AAT

Vehicle Interior

The following should be checked eachtime when the vehicle is driven:

o Light operationo Windshield wiper operationo Horn operationo Defroster, heater system operation (and

air conditioning, if installed)o Steering operation and conditiono Mirror condition and operationo Turn signal operationo Accelerator pedal operationo Brake operation, including parking

brakeo Manual transaxle operation, including

clutchoperationo Automatic transaxle operation, includ-

ing "Park" mechanism operationo Seat control condition and operationo Seat belt condition and operationo Sun visor operation

If you notice anything that does not oper-ate correctly or appear to be functioningcorrectly, inspect it carefully and seekassistance from your Hyundai dealer ifservice is needed.

G020A01A-AAT

Engine Compartment

The following should be checked regu-larly:

o Engine oil level and conditiono Transaxle fluid level and conditiono Brake fluid levelo Clutch fluid levelo Engine coolant levelo Windshield washer fluid levelo Accessory drive belt conditiono Engine coolant hose conditiono Fluid leaks (on or below components)o Power steering fluid level and condi-

tiono Battery conditiono Air cleaner filter condition

G020B01A-AAT

Vehicle Exterior

The following should be checked monthly:

o Overall appearance and conditiono Wheel condition and wheel nut tight-

nesso Exhaust system conditiono Light condition and operationo Windshield glass conditiono Wiper blade conditiono Paint condition and body corrosiono Fluid leakso Door and hood lock conditiono Tire pressure and condition

(including spare tire)

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

4 CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL

G030A01A-AAT

Engine oil is essential to the performanceand service of the engine. It is suggestedthat you check the oil level at least oncea week in normal use and more often ifyou are on a trip or driving in severeconditions.

G030B01O-AAT

Recommended Oil

The engine oil quality should meet thefollowing classification.

API SJ, SL or ABOVE,ILSAC GF-3 or ABOVE

G030B01JM-U

MAINTENANCE PRECAU-TIONS

!G020D01TG-GAT

Improper or incomplete service may re-sult in problems. This section gives in-structions only for the maintenance itemsthat are easy to perform.Several procedures should be done byan authorized Hyundai dealer.

NOTE:Improper owner maintenance during thewarranty period may affect warrantycoverage.

WARNING:o Performing maintenance work on a

vehicle can be dangerous. You canbe seriously injured while perform-ing some maintenance procedures.If you lack sufficient knowledge andexperience or the proper tools andequipment to do the work, have itdone by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Working under the hood with the en-gine running is dangerous. It be-comes even more dangerous whenyou wear jewelry or loose clothing.These can become entangled inmoving parts and result in injury.Therefore, if you must run the enginewhile working under the hood, makecertain that you remove all jewelry(especially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose clothingbefore getting near the engine orcooling fans.

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

5

G030C01JM-AAT

To Check the Oil Level

Before checking the oil, warm up theengine to the normal operating tempera-ture and be sure it is parked on levelground. Turn the engine off.

Wait five minutes, then remove the dip-stick, wipe it off, fully reinsert the dipstickand withdraw it again. Then note thehighest level the oil has reached on thedipstick. It should be between the upper("F") and lower ("L") range.

G030C01MC

NOTE:o For good fuel economy, SAE 5W-20

(5W-30), ILSAC GF-3 engine oil ispreferred regardless of regional op-tion and engine variation.

o If SAE 5W-20, ILSAC GF-3 engine oilis not available, secondary recom-mended engine oil for correspondingtemperature range can be used.

! WARNING:Be very careful not to touch the radia-tor hose when checking the engine oilas it may be hot enough to burn you.

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6

! CAUTION:Slowly pour the recommended oil byusing a funnel. Do not overfill so as notto damage engine.

! WARNING:Be very careful not to touch the radia-tor hose when adding the engine oil asit may be hot enough to burn you.

G030D02MC-AAT

Adding Oil

If the oil level is close to or below the "L"mark, add oil until it reaches the "F" mark.To add oil:

1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning itcounterclockwise.

2. Add oil, then check the level again. Donot overfill.

3. Replace the cap by turning it clock-wise.

The distance between the "F" and "L"marks is equal to about 1 quart of oil.

G030D02MC

NOTE:o It is recommended that the engine oil

and filter should be changed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

o Always dispose of used engine oil inan environmentally acceptable man-ner. It is suggested that it be placedin a sealed container and taken to aservice station for reclaimation. Donot pour the oil on the ground or putit into the household trash.

! PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:This product contains a chemical knownto the State of California to cause can-cer. Used engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left in con-tact with the skin for prolonged periodsof time. Used engine oil contains chemi-cals that have caused cancer in labora-tory animals. Always protect your skinby washing your hands thoroughly withsoap and warm water as soon as pos-sible after handling used oil.

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

7CHECKING AND CHANGINGTHE ENGINE COOLANT

!

G050A01TG-AAT

WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. When the engine ishot, the engine coolant is under pres-sure and may erupt through the open-ing if the cap is removed. You could beseriously burned if you do not observethis precaution. Do not remove the ra-diator cap until the radiator is cool tothe touch.

NOTE:It is recommended that the engine cool-ant should be changed by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

G050B01A-AAT

Recommended Engine Coolant

Use a high quality ethylene-glycol cool-ant in a 50/50 mix with water. The enginecoolant should be compatible with alumi-num engine parts. Additional corrosioninhibitors or additives should not be used.The cooling system must be maintainedwith the correct concentration and type ofengine coolant to prevent freezing andcorrosion.Never allow the concentration of anti-freeze to exceed the 60% level or gobelow the 35% level or damage to thecoolant system may result. For properconcentration when adding or replacingthe coolant, refer to the following table.

Water

65%

60%

50%

40%

Antifreeze

solution

35%

40%

50%

60%

Ambienttemperature

°F (°C)

5 (-15)

-13 (-25)

-31 (-35)

-49 (-45)

Engine coolant

concentration

G050C01TG-AAT

To Check the Coolant Level

The coolant level can be seen on the sideof the plastic coolant reservoir. The levelof the coolant should be between the "L"and "F" lines on the reservoir when theengine is cool. If the level is below the "L"mark, add engine coolant to bring it upbetween "L" and "F". If the level is low,inspect for coolant leaks and recheck thefluid level frequently. If the level dropsagain, visit your Hyundai dealer for aninspection and diagnosis of the reason.

G050C01MC

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

8

G070A03Y-AAT

The replacement of air cleaner filter isperformed in the following manner.

1. Unsnap the clips around the cover.2. When this is done, the cover can be

lifted off, the old filter removed and thenew filter put in its place.

Genuine Hyundai replacement parts arerecommended.

CHANGING THE AIRCLEANER FILTER

OMC055010

! WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by enginecoolant temperature and may some-times operate even when the engine isnot running. Use extreme caution whenworking near the blades of the coolingfan so that you are not injured by arotating fan blade. As the engine cool-ant temperature decreases, the fan willautomatically shut off. This is a normalcondition.

CAUTION:o Engine coolant can damage the fin-

ish of your car. If you spill enginecoolant on the car, wash it off thor-oughly with clean water.

o The engine in your vehicle has alumi-num engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol basecoolant to prevent corrosion andfreezing.Do not use hard water. Hard watercan cause engine damage from cor-rosion, overheating or freezing.

! CAUTION:o Operating your vehicle without a

proper air filter in place can result inexcessive engine wear.

o When removing the air cleaner filter,be careful that dust or dirt does notenter the air intake. These may re-sult in damage to the air cleanerfilter.

!

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

9WINDSHIELD WIPERBLADES

G080A02A-AAT

The wiper blades should be carefullyinspected from time to time and cleanedto remove accumulations of road film orother debris. To clean the wiper bladesand arms, use a clean sponge or clothwith a mild soap or detergent and water.If the wipers continue to streak or smearthe glass, replace them with genuineHyundai replacement parts or theirequivalent.

CAUTION:o Do not operate the wipers on dry

glass. This can result in more rapidwear of the wiper blades and mayscratch the glass.

o Keep the blade rubber out of contactwith petroleum products such asengine oil, gasoline, etc.

! 2. Raise the wiper blade lightly and pullup it.

HHR5049

G080B01HR-GAT

Replacing the Wiper Blades

To replace the wiper blades, raise thewiper to the vertical.

To remove the wiper blade

1. Push down the wiper blade with thelocking clip (1) pressed to detach itfrom the wiper arm.

HHR5048

(1)

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

10 FILLING THE WASHER RES-ERVOIR

G090A01MC-AAT

A good quality washer fluid should beused to fill the washer reservoir. The fluidlevel should be checked more frequentlyduring inclement weather or wheneverthe washer system is in more frequentuse.

OMC055016

1. Put a new wiper blade onto the wiperarm and lower the wiper blade at thelevel of the wiper arm as shown in thedrawing.

To install the wiper blade

HHR5050 2. Pull up the wiper blade until you hearan audible "click" to engage in the endof the wiper arm.

NOTE:Do not allow the wiper arm to fall againstthe windshield.

HHR5051

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

11

!

G100A01MC-GAT

Transaxle lubricant in the manualtransaxle should be checked at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle mainte-nance schedule in Section 5.

!

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLEOIL (MANUAL)

! CAUTION:o Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)

should not be used in the washersystem because it will damage thecar's finish.

o The washer should not be operatedif the washer reservoir is empty.This can damage the washer fluidpump.

WARNING:It is always better to check the transaxleoil level when the engine is cool or cold.If the engine is hot, you should exercisegreat caution to avoid burning yourselfon hot engine or exhaust parts.

WARNING:o Windshield washer fluid agents con-

tain some amounts of alcohol andcan be flammable under certain cir-cumstances. Do not allow sparks orflame to contact the washer fluid orthe washer fluid reservoir. Damageto the vehicle or its occupants couldoccur.

o Windshield washer fluid is poison-ous to humans and animals. Do notdrink windshield washer fluid. Seri-ous injury or death could occur.

NOTE:It is recommended that the manualtransaxle fluid should be checked by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

G110A01MC-AAT

Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxleshould be checked at those intervalsspecified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5.

NOTE:Automatic transaxle fluid is basically ared color. As driving distance increases,the fluid color turns darkish red gradu-ally. It is a normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replacebased upon the changing color.You must replace the automatictransaxle fluid in accordance with inter-vals specified in the vehicle mainte-nance schedule in section 5.

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLEFLUID (AUTOMATIC)

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

12

2. Remove the transaxle dipstick, wipe itclean, reinsert the dipstick as far as itwill go, then remove it again. Nowcheck the fluid level on the dipstick. Itshould be in the "HOT" range on thedipstick.

G110D02MC

! WARNING:The transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at normaloperating temperature. This means thatthe engine, radiator, exhaust systemetc., are very hot. Exercise great carenot to burn yourself during this proce-dure.

! CAUTION:Use of aftermarket ATF additives maycause damage to the automatictransaxle.Only use HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SPIII, DIAMOND ATF SP III, SK ATF SP III orother brands meeting the SP III specifi-cation approved by Hyundai Motor Co..If you are having your vehicle servicedat a facility other than a Hyundai dealer,verify that the correct ATF is used foryour vehicle.

G110D02A-AAT

To Check the Transaxle Fluid Level

Park the car on level ground with theparking brake engaged. When thetransaxle fluid level is checked, thetransaxle fluid should be at normal oper-ating temperature and the engine idling.

While the engine is idling, apply thebrakes and move the gear selector leverfrom "P" to each of its other positions --"R", "N", "D", "2", "L" -- and then return to"N" or "P". With the engine still idling:

1. Open the hood, being careful to keephands, hair and clothing clear of anymoving parts.

OMC035014

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

13CHECKING THE BRAKES

!

G120A01A-AAT

G120B01A-AAT

Checking the Brake Fluid Level

CAUTION:Because brakes are essential to thesafe operation of the car, it is sug-gested that they be checked and in-spected by your Hyundai dealer. Thebrakes should be checked and in-spected for wear at those intervalsspecified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5.

!

WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid.It can damage your vision if it gets intoyour eyes. It will also damage yourvehicle's paint if spilled on it and notremoved immediately.

!

3. If the transaxle fluid level is low, use afunnel to add transaxle fluid throughthe dipstick tube until the level reachesthe "HOT" range. Do not overfill.

G110D03MC

Fluid level should be within"HOT" range WARNING:

The cooling fan is controlled by theengine coolant temperature and maysometimes operate even when the en-gine is not running. Use extreme cau-tion when working near the blades ofthe cooling fan, so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As theengine coolant temperature decreases,the fan will automatically shut off. Thisis a normal condition.

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

14

!

G120D01A-AAT

To Check the Fluid LevelG120E02A-AAT

Adding Brake Fluid

The fluid level in the brake fluid reservoirshould be checked periodically. The levelshould be between the "MIN" and "MAX"marks on the side of the reservoir. If thelevel is at or below the "MIN" mark, care-fully add fluid to bring it up to "MAX". Donot overfill.

WARNING:Handle brake fluid carefully. It can dam-age your vision if it gets into your eyes.Use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 specificationfluid from a sealed container. Do notallow the fluid can or reservoir to re-main open any longer than required.This will avoid entry of dirt and moisturewhich can damage the brake systemand cause improper operation.

To add brake fluid, first wipe away anydirt, then unscrew the fluid reservoir cap.Slowly pour the recommended fluid intothe reservoir. Do not overfill. Carefullyreplace the cap on the reservoir andtighten.

OMC055015

AIR CONDITIONER CARE

G140A01A-AAT

Keeping the Condenser Clean

The air conditioner condenser (and en-gine radiator) should be checked periodi-cally for accumulation of dirt, dead in-sects, leaves, etc. These can interferewith maximum cooling efficiency. Whenremoving such accumulations, brush orhose them away carefully to avoid bend-ing the cooling fans.

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

15

G140C01A-AAT

Lubrication

To lubricate the compressor and the sealsin the system, the air conditioner shouldbe run for at least 10 minutes each week.This is particularly important during coolweather when the air conditioning sys-tem is not otherwise in use.

G140B01A-AAT

Checking the Air Conditioner Opera-tion

1. Start the engine and let it run at fastidle for several minutes with the airconditioner set at the maximum coldsetting.

2. If the air coming out of the in-dashvents is not cold, have the air condi-tioning system inspected by yourHyundai dealer.

CAUTION:Running the air conditioning system forextended periods of time with a lowrefrigerant level may damage the com-pressor.

! 2. Pull out the climate control air filter withthe hooks on both sides pressed.

CAUTION:Be careful not to press the hooks in theopposite direction.

!

CHANGING THE CLIMATECONTROL AIR FILTER

B145A02MC-GAT

(For Evaporator and Blower Unit)

The climate control air filter is located infront of the evaporator unit behind theglove box.It helps to decrease the amount of pollut-ants entering the car.

1. Open the glove box and remove theadjusting pins on both sides of theglove box.

B145A01MC

OMC055012

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

16

3. Take out the climate control air filterand replace it with a new one.

4. Installation is the reverse order of dis-assembly.

OMC055013

G200A01A-AAT

Replacing a Fusible Link

A fusible link will melt if the electricalcircuits from the battery are ever over-loaded, thus preventing damage to theentire wiring harness. (This could becaused by a short in the system drawingtoo much current.) If this ever happens,have a Hyundai dealer determine thecause, repair the system and replace thefusible link. The fusible links are locatedin a relay box for easy inspection.

OMC045003

CAUTION:When replacing a fusible link, neveruse anything but a new fusible link withthe same or lower amperage rating.Never use a piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link. This could result inserious damage and create a fire haz-ard.

!

CHECKING AND REPLAC-ING FUSES

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

17

G200B02L

Good Open-Replace

G200B02HP-AAT

Replacing Accessory Fuses

The fuse box for the lights and otherelectrical accessories will be found lowon the dashboard on the driver's side.Inside the box you will find a list showingthe circuits protected by each fuse.If any of your car's lights or other electricalaccessories stop working, a blown (open)fuse could be the reason. If the fuse hasopened, you will see that the metal stripinside the fuse has melted through. If yoususpect a blown fuse, follow this proce-dure:

1. Turn off the ignition and all otherswitches.

2. Open the fuse box and examine eachfuse. Remove each fuse by pulling ittoward you (a small "fuse puller" tool iscontained in the relay and fuse box ofthe engine room to simplify this opera-tion).

3. Be sure to check all other fuses, evenif you find one that appears to haveopened.

4. Replace the blown fuse by pressing anew fuse of the same rating into place.The fuse should be a snug fit. If it is not,have the fuse clip repaired or replacedby a Hyundai dealer. If you do nothave a spare fuse, you may be able toborrow a fuse of the same or lowerrating from an accessory you can tem-porarily get along without (the radio orcigarette lighter, for example). Alwaysremember to replace the borrowedfuse.

OMC045001

G200B02MC

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

18

CAUTION:An open fuse indicates that there is aproblem in the electrical circuit. If youreplace a fuse and it blows as soon asthe accessory is turned on, the prob-lem is serious and should be referred toa Hyundai dealer for diagnosis and re-pair. Never replace a fuse with anythingexcept a fuse with the same or a loweramperage rating. A higher capacity fusecould cause damage and create a firehazard.

!

NOTE:See page 6-28 for the fuse panel de-scriptions.

G200C01CM-GAT

Power ConnectorNOTE:o If the power connector is pulled up

from the fuse panel, the warningchime, audio, clock and interiorlamps, etc., will not operate. The fol-lowing items must be reset after re-placement.- Digital Clock- Trip computer- Automatic heating and cooling con-

trol system- Audio

o Even though the power connector ispulled up, the battery can still bedischarged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

Your vehicle is equipped with a powerconnector to prevent battery discharge ifyour vehicle is parked without being op-erated for prolonged periods. Use thefollowing procedures before parking thevehicle for prolonged periods.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the power connector.4. Insert the power connector in the op-

posite direction.

G200F01MC

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

19CHECKING THE BATTERY

!

G210A01A-AAT

WARNING:Batteries can be dangerous! Whenworking with batteries, carefully ob-serve the following precautions to avoidserious injuries.

o If battery fluid is on your skin, flush theaffected areas with water for at least 15minutes and then seek medical assis-tance.

o If battery fluid is in your eyes, rinse outyour eyes with water and get medicalassistance as soon as possible. Whileyou are being driven to get medicalassistance, continue to rinse your eyesby using a sponge or soft cloth saturat-ed with water.

o If you swallow battery fluid, drink alarge quantity of water or milk followedby milk of magnesia, eat a raw egg ordrink vegetable oil. Get medical assis-tance as soon as possible.

While batteries are being charged (eitherby a battery charger or by the vehicle'salternator), they produce explosive gases.Always observe these warnings to pre-vent injuries from occurring:

o Charge batteries only in a well venti-lated area.

o Do not permit flames, sparks or smok-ing in the area.

o Keep children away from the area.

OMC055018

The fluid in the battery contains a strongsolution of sulfuric acid, which is poison-ous and highly corrosive. Be careful notto spill it on yourself or the car. If you dospill battery fluid on yourself, immediatelydo the following:

G210B04A-AAT

Checking the Battery

Keep the battery clean. Any evidence ofcorrosion around the battery posts or ter-minals should be removed using a solu-tion of household baking soda and warmwater. After the battery terminals are dry,cover them with a light coating of grease.

! PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Battery posts, terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead com-pounds, chemicals known to the stateof California to cause cancer and re-productive harm.Batteries also contain other chemicalsknown to the state of California to causecancer. Wash hands after handling.

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

20

!

G220A01A-AAT

G220B01A-AAT

Checking Engine Cooling Fan

The engine cooling fan should come onautomatically if the engine coolant tem-perature is high.

WARNING:The radiator fan is controlled by enginecoolant temperature and may some-times operate even when the engine isnot running. Use extreme caution whenworking near the blades of the coolingfan, so that you are not injured by arotating fan blade. As the coolant tem-perature decreases the fan will auto-matically shut off. This is a normal con-dition.

G220C01A-AAT

Checking Condenser Cooling Fan

The condenser cooling fan should comeon automatically whenever the air condi-tioner is in operation.

CHECKING ELECTRICCOOLING FANS

!If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the con-tacted area.If you feel a pain or a burningsensation, get medical atten-tion immediately.Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery.Always provide ventilationwhen working in an enclosedspace.

o When lifting a plastic-cased battery,excessive pressure on the case maycause battery acid to leak, resultingin personal injury. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands on oppo-site corners.

o Never attempt to charge the batterywhen the battery cables are con-nected.

o The electrical ignition system workswith high voltage.Never touch these components withthe engine running or the ignitionswitched on.

WARNING:Always read the following in-structions carefully when han-dling a battery.Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.Hydrogen, which is a highlycombustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.Keep batteries out of the reachof children because batteriescontain highly corrosive SUL-FURIC ACID. Do not allow bat-tery acid to contact your skin,eyes, clothing or paint finish.If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention. If pos-sible, continue to apply waterwith a sponge or cloth untilmedical attention is received.

! WARNING:

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

21

G240A01A-AAT

POWER STEERING HOSES

It is suggested that you check the powersteering hose connections for fluid leak-age at those intervals specified in thevehicle maintenance schedule in Section5.The power steering hoses should be re-placed if there is severe surface cracking,pulling, scuffing or worn spots. Deteriora-tion of the hose could cause prematurefailure.

POWER STEERING FLUIDLEVEL

G230A01MC-AAT

(If Installed)

The power steering fluid level should bechecked regularly. To check the powersteering fluid level, be sure the engine is"OFF", then check to make certain that thepower steering fluid level is between the"MAX" and "MIN" level markings on thefluid reservoir.

NOTE:o Grinding noise from the power steer-

ing pump may be heard immediatelyafter the engine is started in ex-tremely cold conditions (below -4°F).If the noise stops during warm up,there is no abnormal function in thesystem. It is due to a power steeringfluid characteristic in extremely coldconditions.

o Do not start the engine when thepower steering oil reservoir is empty.

OMC055014

FOR MORE INFORMATIONABOUT YOUR HYUNDAI

G250A01A-AAT

If you desire additional information aboutmaintaining and servicing your Hyundai,you may purchase a factory Shop Manualat your Hyundai dealer's parts depart-ment. This is the same manual used bydealership technicians and while it ishighly technical it can be useful in obtain-ing a better understanding of your carand how it works.

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

22

Headlight

1. Allow the bulb to cool. Wear eye pro-tection.

2. Open the engine hood and disconnectthe negative (-) post of the battery.

3. Always grasp the bulb by its plasticbase, avoid touching the glass.

4. Disconnect the power cord from theback of the headlight.

REPLACEMENT OF LIGHTBULBS

!

G260A01MC-AAT

Before attempting to replace a light bulb,be sure the switch is turned to the "OFF"position.The next paragraph shows how to reachthe light bulbs so they may be changed.Be sure to replace the burned-out bulbwith one of the same number and watt-age rating.See page 6-27 for the wattage descrip-tions.

CAUTION:o Keep the lamps out of contact with

petroleum products, such as oil,gasoline, etc.

o If you don't have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult your authorized Hyundaidealer.

G270A02MC-GAT

Headlight, Front Turn Signal Lightand Front Fog Light

CAUTION:o The headlight aiming should be

checked by an authorized Hyundaidealer after replacing the headlightbulbs.

!

OMC055021

Turn signallight

Headlight

Fog light

o After heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition iscaused by the temperature differ-ence between the lamp inside andoutside. This is similar to the con-densation on your windows insideyour vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into thelamp bulb circuitry, have the vehiclechecked by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

23

G270A03O

! WARNING:o When removing/replacing halogen

bulbs, always handle the metal bodyof the bulb, not the glass.

o The halogen bulb contains gas underpressure and if impacted could shat-ter, resulting in flying fragments. Al-ways wear eye protection when ser-vicing the bulb. Protect the bulbagainst abrasions or scratches andagainst liquids when lighted. Turnthe bulb on only when installed in aheadlight. Replace the headlight ifdamaged or cracked. Keep the bulbout of the reach of children and dis-pose of the used bulb with care.

5. Remove the socket cover.6. Push the bulb spring to remove the

headlight bulb.7. Remove the protective cap from the

replacement bulb and install the newbulb by matching the plastic base withthe headlight hole. Reattach the bulbspring and install the socket cover.Reconnect the power cord.

8. Use the protective cap and carton todispose of the old bulb.

9.Check for proper headlight aim.

OMC055022

Front Turn Signal light

1. Open the engine hood and disconnectthe negative (-) post of the battery.

2. Disconnect the power cord from thebulb.

3. Take out the bulb from the bulb holderby turning it counterclockwise.

4. Install the new bulb.

OMC055023

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

24

4. Detach the rear combination lamp by pull-ing it out (4 Door) or remove the mountingscrews of the rear combination lamp with aphillips screwdriver (3 Door).

OMC055026

Front Fog Light (If Installed)

NOTE:It is recommended that the front foglight bulb be replaced by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

3. Remove the nuts of the rear combina-tion light with a spanner.

G270D01MC-AAT

Rear Combination Light1. Open the trunk lid (4 Door) or tail gate

(3 Door).

OMC055024

OMC055025

2. Remove the cover on the inside ofluggage trim.

4 Door

4 Door 4 Door

OMC055026-1

3 Door

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

25

OMC055028-1

5. To replace the rear combination light,take it out from the bulb holder byturning it counterclockwise.

(1) Tail Light(2) Turn Signal Light(3) Back-up Light(4) Stop/Tail Light

6. Install the new bulb.

OMC055027

G270C01MC-GAT

Luggage Compartment Light

OMC055028

1. Open the trunk lid (4 Door) or tail gate(3 Door).

3. Replace with a new bulb.

HTB284

2. Carefully remove the cover with a flat-head screwdriver.

4 Door

3 Door

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

26

G270K01TG-AAT

Glove Box Illuminated Light

1. Open the glove box.2. Remove the glove box illuminated light

cover with a flat-head screwdriver.3. Replace with a new bulb.

OMC055031

G270G01MC-GAT

Map Light (If Installed)

1. Remove the cover with a flat-headscrewdriver.

2. Replace with a new bulb.

OMC055029

G275H01MC-GAT

Interior Light

1. Remove the cover with a flat-headscrewdriver.

2. Replace with a new bulb.

OMC055030

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

27BULB WATTAGES

G280A02MC-AAT

G280A01MC-U

Socket Type

P43t-38

BAY15d

W2.1X9.5d

S8.5/8.5

PG13

W2.1X9.5d

Part Name

Stop/Tail Light

High Mounted Rear Stop Light

Luggage Compartment Light

Rear Turn Signal Light

Back-up Light

License Plate Light

Part Name

Headlight (High/Low)

Front Turn Signal Light/

Side Marker Light

Map Light (If Installed)

Interior Light

Front Fog Light (If Installed)

Side Repeater Light (If Installed)

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

No.

7

8

9

10

11

12

Wattage

55/60

28/8

10

10

27

5

Wattage

27/8

16

5

27

16

5

Socket Type

BAY15d

W2.1X9.5d

S8.5/8.5

BA15s

W2.1X9.5d

S8.5/8.5

4 Door 3 Door

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

28 FUSE PANEL DESCRIPTION

FUSE RATING125A50A40A40A40A40A30A30A30A30A30A20A

15A

10A10A10A10A

10A

30A

G200C01MC-AAT

Engine Compartment

NOTE:Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When youinspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

CIRCUIT PROTECTEDGeneratorI/P Junction BoxBlower Relay, Blower MotorABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check ConnectorABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check ConnectorStart Relay, Ignition SwitchIgnition SwitchI/P Junction Box, Tail Lamp RelayI/P Junction Box, Power Window RelayRadiator Fan RelayMain Relay, Fuel Pump RelayECM, PCMInjector #1, #2, #3, #4, CVVT Oil Control Valve, Immobilizer Control Module,PurgeControl Solenoid Valve, Idle Speed Control Actuator, Fuel Pump RelayA/Con RelayA/C Control ModuleECM, PCMHorn Relay, Burglar Alarm Horn RelayA/Con Relay, Rad Fan Relay, Cond Fan Relay #1, #2, Camshaft PositionSensor,Oxygen Sensor(UP, DOWN), Mass Air Flow SensorCond Fan Relay #1

MAINBATT #1BLOWERABS #1ABS #2IGN #2IGN #1BATT #2P/WDW

RADECU AECU C

INJ

A/CON #1A/CON #2

ECU BHORN

SNSR

COND

FUSE

G200C01MC

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

29

G200E01MC-AAT

Inner Panel

G200E01MC

FUSE RATING

25A

25A10A25A10A

10A

15A25A10A10A20A

10A

10A

30A25A10A10A15A10A

CIRCUIT PROTECTEDDriver Power Window Switch, Assist Power Window Switch,Rear Power WindowSwitch RHDriver Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LHPower Outside Mirror Switch, Digital Clock, AudioCigarette Lighter, Power OutletHead Lamp LH, DRL Control ModuleECM, Driver Power Outside Mirror Motor,Assist Power Outside Mirror Motor, PCM,Rear Defogger SwitchMulti-function Swicth, Rear Wiper MotorMulti-function Switch, Front Wiper MotorRear Combination Lamp LH, License Lamp LH(3DOOR),Turn Signal Lamp LHFront Fog RelayDriver Seat Warmer Switch, Assist Seat Warmer SwitchActive Incar & Humidity Sensor, A/C Control Module, BCM, Blower Relay, SunroofMotorRear Combination Lamp RH, License Lamp RH(3DOOR), License Lamp(4DOOR),Shunt Connector, Turn Signal Lamp RHBCM, Rear Defogger, Rear Defogger RelayAMPHead Lamp RH, Instrument Cluster, DRL Control ModuleHazard Relay, Hazard SwitchSRS Control ModuleTelltale Lamp, Passenger Seat, Track Position Sensor

P/WDW RH

P/WDW LHAUDIO

C/LIGHTERH/LP (LH)

HTD MIRR

RR WIPERFR WIPER

TAIL LP (LH)IGN

HTD SEAT

BLOWER

TAIL LP (RH)

HTD GLASSAMP

H/LP (RH)HAZARDA/BAGSNSR

FUSE

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

30

FUSE RATING

10A

20A10A10A

15A

10A10A

20A

10A

10A

15A

15A

10A

10A10A10A

CIRCUIT PROTECTEDFront Fog Lamp Switch, Front Fog Lamp LH, Front Fog Lamp RH, Front FogLamp RelaySunroof MotorHazard SwitchOver Driver Switch, Vehicle Speed SensorData Link Connector, Stop Lamp Switch, P/WDW Relay,Multipurpose CheckConnectorInstrument ClusterECM, PCMDriver Door Lock Actuator, Assist Door Lock Actuator, BCM,Rear Door LockActuator LH, Rear Door Lock Actuator RH,Driver Power Window Switch, TailGate Lock ActuatorStart Relay, Burglar Alarm RelayBCM, Instrument Cluster, Generator, DRL Control Module, Tire PressureMonitoring Module, Pre-excitation ResistorIgnition Coil #1, #2, #3, #4, Condensor

Audio

Luggage Lamp, Room Lamp, Vanity Lamp Switch, Digital Clock,OverheadConsol Lamp, A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster, Door Warning Switch,BCM, Tire Pressure Monitoring ModuleABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check ConnectorBack-up Lamp Switch, Transaxle Range Switch, Multipurpose Check ConnectorDRL Control Module

FR FOG LP

S/ROOFT/SIG LP

TCU

STOP LP

A/BAG INDECU

C/DR LOCK

START

CLUSTER

IGN COILAUDIO

(Power Connector)

MULT B/UP(Power Connector)

ABSB/UP LP

DRL

FUSE

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

7Emission Control System ............................................. 7-2Catalytic Converter ....................................................... 7-3

7

MChma-7.p65 9/6/2005, 5:26 PM1

7 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

2 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the induction sys-tem through the purge control solenoidvalve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant tem-perature is low during idling, the PCSVcloses so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

H010B01A-AAT

1. Crankcase Emission ControlSystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfiltered fresh air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,then passes through the PCV valve intothe induction system.

H010A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all require-ments of the U.S. Environmental Protec-tion Agency or California Air ResourcesBoard.There are three emission control systemswhich are as follows.

1) Crankcase Emission Control System2) Evaporative Emission Control System3) Exhaust Emission Control System

In order to ensure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is recom-mended that you have your car inspectedand maintained by an authorized Hyundaidealer in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in this manual.

H010D01A-AAT

3. Exhaust EmissionControl System

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performace.

H010C01S-AAT

2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-cluding ORVR: Onboard Refuel-ing Vapor Recovery) System

The Evaporative Emission Control Sys-tem is designed to prevent fuel vaporsfrom escaping into the atmosphere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to be loadedinto a canister while refueling at the gasstation, preventing the escape of fuelvapors into the atmosphere.)

MChma-7.p65 9/6/2005, 5:26 PM2

7EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

3CATALYTIC CONVERTER

!!H020A01A-AAT

All Hyundai vehicles are equipped with amonolith type three-way catalytic con-verter to reduce the carbon monoxide,hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides con-tained in the exhaust gas. Exhaust gasespassing through the catalytic convertercause it to operate at a very high tem-perature. The introduction of largeamounts of unburned gasoline into theexhaust may cause the catalytic converterto overheat and create a fire hazard. Thisrisk may be reduced by observing thefollowing:

WARNING:o Do not touch the catalytic converter

or any other part of the exhaust sys-tem while the catalytic converter ishot. Shut off the engine, wait for atleast one hour before touching thecatalytic converter or any other partof the exhaust system.

o Remember that your Hyundai dealeris your best source of assistance.

o Do not stop your Hyundai over anycombustible material such as grass,paper, leaves or rags. These materi-als might contact the hot catalyticconverter and a fire might result.

H020A01MCCatalytic Converter

WARNING:o Use unleaded fuel only.o Maintain the engine in good operat-

ing condition. Extremely high cata-lytic converter temperatures can re-sult from improper operation of theelectrical, ignition or multiport elec-tronic fuel injection.

o If your engine stalls, pings, knocks,or is hard to start, have your Hyundaidealer inspect and repair the prob-lem as soon as possible.

o Avoid driving with a very low fuellevel. Running out of gasoline maycause the engine to misfire and re-sult in damage to the catalytic con-verter.

o Avoid idling the engine for periodslonger than 10 minutes.

o The vehicle should not be pushed orpulled to get started. This may causethe catalytic converter to overheatand create a fire hazard.

MChma-7.p65 9/6/2005, 5:26 PM3

CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTINGSAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING

ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ............................. 8-2Engine Number ............................................................. 8-3Tire Information ............................................................. 8-3Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures .............. 8-3Checking Tire Inflation Pressure .................................. 8-5Tire Sidewall Labeling ................................................... 8-6Tire Terminology and Definitions .................................. 8-8All Season Tires ......................................................... 8-10Snow Tires.................................................................. 8-10Tire Chains ................................................................. 8-10Tire Rotation ............................................................... 8-11Tire Balancing ............................................................. 8-12Tire Traction................................................................ 8-12When to Replace Tires ............................................... 8-12Tire Maintenance ........................................................ 8-13Spare Tire and Tools .................................................. 8-14Warranties for Your Hyundai Vehicle ......................... 8-15Consumer Information ................................................ 8-15Reporting Safety Defects ........................................... 8-18Binding Arbitration of Warranty Claims ...................... 8-18

88

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

2 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

I010A01MC-AAT The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc. It can be found in fourdifferent places on your car:

1. Lower side of the front passenger seatunder the carpet.

2. On the left top side of the instrumentpanel where it can be seen by lookingdown through the windshield.

3. Door edge post4. On the lower side of the center pillar

outer panel.1JBA5003

1JBA5004

1JBA5005

1JBN5007A

1

2

3

4

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

3ENGINE NUMBER

I010B01A-AAT

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

TIRES

I020A02A-AAT

TIRE INFORMATION

The tires supplied on your new Hyndaiare chosen to provide the best perfor-mance for normal driving.If you ever have questions about yourtire warranty and where to obtain ser-vice, see the tire manufacture's book-let included with your vehicle's Owner'sManual Literature Kit.

I030A02MC-AAT

RECOMMENDED COLD TIRE INFLA-TION PRESSURES

Tire label located on the driver's sideof the center pillar outer panel givesthe cold tire pressures recommendedfor your vehicle with the original tiresize, the number of people that can bein your vehicle and vehicle capacityweight.

1JBN5007B

OMC065001

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

4

!

These pressures were chosen to pro-vide the most satisfactory combina-tion of ride comfort, tire wear andstability under normal conditions. Tirepressures should be checked at leastmonthly. Proper tire inflation pressuresshould be maintained for these rea-sons:

WARNING:o Inspect your tires frequently for

proper inflation as well as wearand damage. Always use a tirepressure gauge.

o Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly causingpoor handling, loss of vehiclecontrol, and sudden tire failureleading to accidents, injuries, andeven death. The recommendedcold tire pressure for your ve-hicle can be found in this manualand on the tire label located onthe driver's side of the centerpillar.

C190F01MC-1

C190F01MC-2

C190F01MC-3

C190F01MC-4

Type A

Type B

Type C

Type D

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

5

!

!

o Worn tires can cause accidents.Replace tires that are worn, showuneven wear, or are damaged.See page 8-12.

o Remember to check the pressureof your spare tire. Hyundai rec-ommends that you check thespare every time you check thepressure of the other tires onyour vehicle.

WARNING:Overinflation or underinflation canreduce the tire life, adversely affectvehicle handling, and lead to sud-den tire failure. This could rusult inloss of vehicle control and potentialinjury.

CAUTION:Always observe the following:

o Check pressures when the tiresare cold. (After the vehicle hasbeen parked for at least threehours or hasn't been driven morethan one mile (1.6 km) since start-ing up.)

o Check the pressure of your sparetire each time you check the pres-sure of other tires.

o Never overload your vehicle. Beespecially careful about overload-ing if you equip your vehicle witha luggage rack.

o Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badly worn,or if your tires have been dam-aged, replace them.

!WARNING:

NOTE:o Underinflation also results in ex-

cessive wear, poor handling andreduced fuel economy. Wheel de-formation also is possible. Keepyour tire pressures at the properlevels. If a tire frequently needsrefilling, have it checked by yourHyundai Dealer.

o Overinflation produces a harshride, excessive wear at the centerof the tire tread, and a greaterpossibility of damage from roadhazards.

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

6

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gauge firmlyonto the valve to get a pressure mea-surement. If the cold tire inflation pres-sure matches the recommended pres-sure on the tire and loading informationlabel, no further adjustment is neces-sary. If the pressure is low, add airuntil you reach the recommendedamount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back on thevalve stems. They help prevent leaksby keeping out dirt and moisture.

Federal law requires tire manufactur-ers to place standardized informationon the sidewall of all tires. This infor-mation identifies and describes thefundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides the tire identificationnumber (TIN) for safety standard cer-tification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

I030B01MC-AAT

TIRE SIDEWALL LABELING

I030B04JM

1

23

4

5, 6

7

1

I035A01JM-AAT

CHECKING TIRE INFLATION PRES-SURE

Check your tires once a month ormore. Also, check the tire pressure ofthe spare tire.

How to Check

Use a good quality gauge to check tirepressure. You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by lookingat them. Radial tires may look properlyinflated even when they're underinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressure whenthe tires are cold. - "Cold" means yourvehicle has been sitting for at leastthree hours or driven no more than 1mile (1.6 km).

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

7

1. Manufacturer or Brand nameo Manufacturer or Brand name is

shown.2. Tire size (example: P175/70R14)

o The "P" indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles. A"T" is the designation for a tempo-rary spare tire.

o Three-digit number (175): Thisnumber gives the width in millime-ters of the tire from sidewall edgeto sidewall edge.

o Two-digit number (70): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,gives the tire's ratio of height towidth.

o R: The "R" stands for radial.o Two-digit number (14): This num-

ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

o Two (or three) digit number (84):This number is the tire's load in-dex. It is a measurement of howmuch weight each tire can sup-port.

o T: Speed Rating. The speed rat-ing denotes the speed at which atire is designed to be driven forextended periods of time. Theratings range from "A" to "Z" (98to 186 MPH).

3. TIN (Tire Identification Number) fornew tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)o DOT: Abbreviation for the "De-

partment of Transportation". Thesymbol can be placed above, be-low or to the left or right of the TireIdentification Number. Indicatestire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of TransportationMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

o 1st two-digit code: Manufacturer'sidentification mark

o 2nd two-digit code: Tire sizeo 3rd three-digit code: Tire type code

(Optional)o 4th four-digit code: Date of Manu-

facture

o Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 3105means the 31st week of 2005.

4. Tire ply composition and mate-rialThe number of layers or plies ofrubbercoated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which in-clude steel, nylon, polyester, andothers. The letter "R" means radialply construction; the letter "D" meansdiagonal or bias ply construction;and the letter "B" means belted-biasply construction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maxi-mum permissible inflation pressure.Refer to the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label for recommended infla-tion pressure.

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

8

I030D01JM-AAT

TIRE TERMINOLOGY AND DEFINI-TIONS

Air Pressure: The amount of air insidethe tire pressing outward on the tire.Air pressure is expressed in poundsper square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional accesso-ries. Some examples of optional ac-cessories are, automatic transmission,power seats, and air conditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords that holdthe tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) orkilopascals (kPa) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the maxi-mum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant,but without passengers and cargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying that thetire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric desig-nator which can also identify the tiremanufacturer, production plant, brandand date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Rat-ing for the front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Ratingfor the rear axle.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maxi-mum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG):Tire manufacturers are required tograde tires based on three perfor-mance factors: treadwear, tractionand temperature resistance. Formore information, see Uniform TireQuality Grading on page 8-15.

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

9

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, that mustalways face outward when mounted ona vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned number rang-ing from 1 to 279 that corresponds tothe load carrying capacity of a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which a coldtire may be inflated. The maximum airpressure is molded onto the sidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The load rat-ing for a tire at the maximum permis-sible inflation pressure for that tire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: The num-ber of occupants a vehicle is designedto seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The side of thetire that contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering or bears manufacturer,brand and or model name molding thatis higher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewall of thetire.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire usedon passenger cars and some light dutytrucks and multipurpose vehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure and shown onthe tire placard.Radial Ply tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seated.Sidewall: The portion of a tire be-tween the tread and the bead.Speed Rating: An alphanumeric codeassigned to a tire indicating the maxi-mum speed at which a tire can oper-ate.Traction: The friction between the tireand the road surface. The amount ofgrip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire that comesinto contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrow bands,sometimes called "wear bars," thatshow across the tread of a tire whenonly 2/32 inch of tread remains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards, a tire information systemthat provides consumers with ratingsfor a tire's traction, temperature andtreadwear. Ratings are determined bytire manufacturers using governmenttesting procedures. The ratings aremolded into the sidewall of the tire.

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

10

I040A01O-AAT

SNOW TIRES

If you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; otherwise,poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)more air pressure than the pressurerecommended for the standard tires onthe tire label on the driver's side of thecenter pillar , or up to the maximumpressure shown on the tire sidewallwhichever is less.Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

I040B01JM-AAT

ALL SEASON TIRES

Hyundai specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good perfor-mance for use all year round, includingsnowy and icy road conditions. All sea-son tires are identified by ALL SEA-SON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than all season tires anmay be more appropriate in some areas.

Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage loadVehicle Maximum Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire due to curband accessory weight plus maximumoccupant and cargo weight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:That load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to each axleits share of the curb weight, accessoryweight, and normal occupant weightand driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanentlyattached to a vehicle showing the origi-nal equipment tire size and recom-mended inflation pressure

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

11

!

!

I050A01MC-AAT

TIRE CHAINS

Tire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the front wheels. Be surethat the chains are installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer's instruc-tions.

To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

WARNING:o If your vehicle is equipped with

P205/45R16 size tires, do not in-stall tire chains. This may causedamage to the vehicle (wheels,suspension and body) by chainscontacting the body.

o When driving on roads coveredwith snow or ice, drive at lessthan 20 mph (30 km/h).

o Use the SAE "S" class or wire &plastic chains.

o If you have noise caused bychains contacting the body, re-tighten the chain to avoid contactwith the vehicle body.

o To prevent body damage, re-tighten the chains after driving0.3~0.6 miles.

o Don't use tire chains on a vehicleequipped with aluminium wheels.If it is unavoidable, use wire typechains.

o Use wire chains less than 15 mmto prevent damage to the chain'sconnection.

WARNING:

I060A02A-AAT

TIRE ROTATION

Tires should be rotated every 7,500miles (12,000 km). If you notice thattires are wearing unevenly betweenrotations, have the car checked by aHyundai dealer so the cause may becorrected.After rotating, adjust the tire pressuresand be sure to check the wheel nuttorque.

HEF-241

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

12

I090A03A-AAT

WHEN TO REPLACE TIRES

Tread wearindicator

The original tires on your car havetread wear indicators. The location oftread wear indicators is shown by the"TWI" or " " marks, etc., The treadwear indicators appear when the treaddepth is 0.06 in. (1.6 mm). The tireshould be replaced when these appearas a solid bar across two or moregrooves of the tread. Always replaceyour tires with those of the recom-mended size. If you change wheels,the new wheel's rim width and offsetmust meet Hyundai specification.

OMC055017

! WARNING:o Do not use the temporary spare

tire for tire rotation.o Do not mix bias ply and radial ply

tires under any circumstances.This may cause unusual handlingcharacteristics that could resultin death, serious injury, or prop-erty damage.

I070A01A-AAT

TIRE BALANCING

A tire that is out of balance may affecthandling and tire wear. The tires onyour Hyundai were balanced beforethe car was delivered but may needbalancing again during the years youown the car.Whenever a tire is dismounted forrepair, it should be rebalanced beforebeing reinstalledon the car.

I080A01A-AAT

TIRE TRACTION

Tire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that are im-properly inflated or on slippery roadsurfaces. Tires should be replacedwhen tread wear indicators appear. Toreduce the possibility of losing control,slow down whenever there is rain,snow or ice on the road.

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

13

!

!! WARNING:To reduce the chance or serious orfatal injuries from an accidentcaused by tire failure or loss ofvehicle control:o Replace tires that are worn, show

uneven wear, or are damaged.Worn tires can cause loss of brak-ing effectiveness, steering con-trol, and traction.

o Do not drive your vehicle with toolittle or too much pressure inyour tires. This can lead to un-even wear and tire failure.

o When replacing tires, never mixradial and bias-ply tires on thesame car. You must replace alltires (including the spare) if mov-ing from radial to bias-ply tires.

I090B02JM-AAT

TIRE MAINTENANCE

In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decrease tirewear. If you find a tire is worn un-evenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.

When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. This willincrease vehicle ride comfort and tirelife. Additionally, a tire shoud alwaysbe rebalanced if it is removed from thewheel.

o Using tires and wheel other thanthe recommended sizes couldcause unusual handling charac-teristics and poor vehicle con-trol, resulting in a serious acci-dent.

o Wheels that do not meet Hyundai'sspecifications may fit poorly andresult in damage to the vehicle orunusual handling and poor ve-hicle control.

WARNING:

WARNING:o Underinflated or overinflated tires

can cause poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents, inju-ries, and even death. Alwayscheck tires are properly inflatedbefore driving. Refer to pages 2-20 and 8-3 for proper tire pres-sures and further information.

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

14

! WARNING:

I100A01MC-AAT

SPARE TIRE AND TOOLS

Your Hyundai is delivered with thefollowing:

Spare tire and wheelWheel nut wrench, Wrench barJack, Towing hook

I110A01A-AAT

SHOP MANUAL

A Hyundai Shop Manual is available fromyour authorized Hyundai dealer. It's writ-ten for professional technicians, but issimple enough for most mechanically-inclined owners to understand.

D060B01MC-A

o Driving on tires with no or insuf-ficient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, andinjury and even death. Worn-outtires should be replaced as soonas possible and should never beused for driving. Always checktire tread before driving your car.Refer to this page for further in-formation and tread limits.

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

15CONSUMER INFORMATION

I130A01A-AAT

This consumer information has been pre-pared in accordance with regulations is-sued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S. Depart-ment of Transportation. It provides thepurchasers and/or prospective purchas-ers of Hyundai automobiles with informa-tion on uniform tire quality grading. YourHyundai dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

I130B04A-AAT

Tire Quality Grading

Department of Transportation qualitygrades - All passenger vehicle tiresmust conform to Federal Safety Stan-dards in addition to these grades. Thesequality grades are molded on thesidewall.

Treadwear - The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on the wearrate of the tire when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example,a tire graded 150 would wear one anda half (1 - 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded100. The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and may departsignificantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

WARRANTIES FOR YOURHYUNDAI VEHICLE

I120A03A-AAT

Please consult your Owner's Handbook& Warranty Information booklet for yourvehicle's specific warranty coverage.

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

16

Temperature A, B, C - The tempera-ture grades are A (the highest), B, andC, representing the tire's resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the material ofthe tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperature canlead to sudden tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of perfor-mance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

! WARNING:The temperature grade for this tireis established for a tire that is prop-erly inflated and not overloaded.Excessive speed, underinflation, orexcessive loading, either separatelyor in combination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading - Qual-ity grades can be found on the tiresidewall between the tread shoulderand the maximum section width.For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

!

Traction AA, A, B, C - The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C. Those grades repre-sent the tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under con-trolled conditions on specified govern-ment test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.

WARNING:The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hy-droplaning, or peak traction charac-teristics.

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

17

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia, NorthCarolina, South Carolina.

Southern Region270 Riverside Parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama, Arkan-sas, Colorado, Kansas, Louisiana, Mis-sissippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Okla-homa, Tennessee, Texas, Wyoming.

South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa,Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Ne-braska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,Wisconsin.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona,California, ldaho, Montana, Nevada, Or-egon, Texas, Utah, Washington.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

I130D04A-AAT

Hyundai motor vehicles are designedand manufactured to meet or exceed allapplicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we stronglyurge you to read and follow all directionsin this Owner's Manual, particularly theinformation under the headings "NOTE","CAUTION" and "WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you haveany questions regarding the operation ofyour vehicle, please contact your nearestHyundai Motor America Regional Officeas listed below:

Eastern Region : Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, NewHampshire, New Jersey, New York,Pennsylvanina, Rhode Island, Vermont,Virginia, West Virginia.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

18

I140A01A-AAT

Any claim or dispute you may haverelated to your vehicle's warranty orthe duties contemplated under the war-ranty, including claims related to therefund or partial refund of your vehicle'spurchase price (excluding personal in-jury or product liability claims), shallbe resolved by binding arbitration. Bind-ing arbitration shall be administered byand through the National ArbitrationForum (NAF) or the American Arbitra-tion Association (AAA), under the Codeof Procedure of the entity you select.You will not be responsible for payingfiling and hearing fees above $275.00.All other arbitration costs shall be borneby Hyundai Motor America. You arenot responsible to pay any of the costsHyundai incurs.This Binding Arbitration Agreementshall not deprive you of any remediesavailable to you under applicable law.

The parties are waiving their right toseek remedies in court, including theright to a jury trial.This Binding Arbitration Agreementshall be governed by and interpretedunder the Federal Arbitration Act, 9U.S.C. sections 1-16. Judgment uponany award may be entered in any courthaving jurisdiction.You may revoke this Arbitration Agree-ment by (1) written notice or (2) elec-tronic notice. Written notice must bedelivered (via certified mail) to HyundaiMotor America, Attn: Consumer Af-fairs, 10550 Talbert Avenue, P.O. Box20849, Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0849.Electronic notice must be submitted atthe following website address: http://warranty-arbitration.hyundaiUSA.com.Notice must be received within 90days after you purchase your vehicle.

BINDING ARBITRATION(U.S.A only)

I130C02A-AAT

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should imme-diately inform the National Highway Traf-fic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in ad-dition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, orHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.To contact NHTSA, you may call the Ve-hicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-ministrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,SW., Washington, DC 20590. You canalso obtain other information about motorvehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

REPORTING SAFETY DE-FECTS

MEASUREMENT ......................................................... 9-2ENGINE ........................................................................ 9-3LUBRICATION CHART ............................................... 9-4

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

99

9 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

2

Tire Size

P175/70 R14, P185/65 R14, P195/55 R15

P175/70 R14, P185/65 R14, P205/45 R16

T115/70 D15

in. (mm)

Liter

45

MF 55AH

90A (13.5V)

Dual hydraulic with brake booster

Ventilated disc

Drum (Without ABS)

Disc (With ABS)

Cable operated on rear wheel

4Door

3Door

Spare

US. gal

11.9

Fuel tank

capacity

Imp.gal

9.9

Battery

Alternator

Starter 0.9 KW

Type

Front brake type

Rear brake type

Parking brake

Inflation Pressure

30PSI (210 kPa)

60PSI (420 kPa)

J010A01MC-AAT

MEASUREMENT

J020A01MC-AAT

POWER STEERING

J060A01A-AAT

FUEL SYSTEM

J040A01MC-AAT

ELECTRICAL

J050A01MC-AAT

BRAKE

J030A02MC-AAT

TIRE

4 DOOR

168.5 (4280)

66.7 (1695)

57.8 (1470)

98.4 (2500)

57.8 (1470)

57.4 (1460)

Item

Overall length

Overall width

Overall height

Wheel base

Wheel tread Front

Rear

3 DOOR

159.2 (4045)

Type

Wheel free play

Rack stroke

Oil pump type

Rack and pinion

0 ~ 1.18 in (0 ~ 30 mm)

5.59 in. (142 mm)

5.43 in. (138 mm)

Vane type

175 Tire only

Except 175 Tire

9VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

3ENGINE

SPECIFICATIONS

1.6 MPI

4-Cylinder in-line DOHC

3.01 x 3.42 in. (76.5 x 87 mm)

1,599

700 ± 100

BTDC 5° ± 5°

1 - 3 - 4 - 2

J070A02MC-AAT

ITEMS

Engine Type

Bore x Stroke

Displacement (cc)

Idle Speed (RPM)

Ignition timing (Base)

Firing order

9 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

4

Oil & Grease Standard

API SJ, SL or ABOVE,

ILSAC GF-3 or ABOVE

HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/85 (API GL-4)

HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP III, DIAMOND ATF SP III, SK ATF SP III or other

brands meeting the SP III specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co..

PSF-3

DOT 3, DOT 4 or Equivalent

Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator

SAE 5W-20, 20W-30

SAE 10W-30 [ABOVE 0°F (-18°C)]

LUBRICATION CHART

Item

Engine oil

Recommends

Transaxle Manual

Auto

Power steering

Brake fluid

Coolant Manual

Transaxle

Automatic

Transaxle

J080A01MC-AAT

Q'ty (US.QTS)(Imp.qts, liter)

Drain and refill

Without oil filter : 3.17 (2.6, 3.0)

With oil filter : 3.48 (2.9, 3.3)

2 (1.67, 1.9)

6.44 (5.3, 6.1)

As required

As required

5.49 (4.5, 5.2)

5.60 (4.6, 5.3)

10

INDEX

10

10 INDEX

2

AAdvanced Supplemental Restraint (AIRBAG)System (SRS) .................................................................... 1-41

Curtain airbag ................................................................. 1-56Driver's and passenger's front airbag ............................ 1-42Occupant classification system ...................................... 1-49Side impact airbag ......................................................... 1-54

Air Cleaner Filter .................................................................. 6-9Air Conditioning

Care ................................................................................. 6-14Filter ..................................................................... 1-116, 6-15Operation ............................................................ 1-107, 6-15Switch ............................................................................ 1-107

Antenna ............................................................................ 1-146Ashtray ................................................................................ 1-76Audio System ................................................................... 1-119

Cassette tape player operation (M455) ....................... 1-128Cassette tape player operation (M465) ....................... 1-138Compact disc player operation (M445) ....................... 1-122Compact disc player operation (M455) ....................... 1-131Compact disc player operation (M465) ....................... 1-140Stereo radio player operation (M445) ......................... 1-119Stereo radio player operation (M455) ......................... 1-125Stereo radio player operation (M465) ......................... 1-135

Automatic Heating and Cooling Control System ............ 1-110

BBattery ................................................................................. 6-19Binding Arbitration ............................................................. 8-18Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ......................................... 2-13Checking the brakes ...................................................... 6-13Fluid ................................................................................. 6-13Practices .......................................................................... 2-14

Breaking-In your New Hyundai ........................................... 1-3

CCare of Cassette Tapes ................................................... 1-144Care of Discs .................................................................... 1-144Cargo Area Cover .............................................................. 1-96Catalytic Converter ............................................................... 7-3Child Restraint System ...................................................... 1-31

Installing a child restraint system with "Tether Anchorage" system ........................................... 1-33Securing a child restraint system with "ISOFIX" system 1-35

Child-Protector Rear Door Lock .......................................... 1-6Cigarette Lighter ................................................................ 1-77Climate Control Air Filter ....................................... 1-116, 6-15Clock ................................................................................... 1-77Combination Light

Headlight flasher ............................................................ 1-73Headlight switch ............................................................. 1-72

10INDEX

3

High-beam switch ........................................................... 1-73Lane change signal ........................................................ 1-72Parking light auto off ...................................................... 1-73Turn signal operation ..................................................... 1-72

Consumer Information ....................................................... 8-15Cooling Fans ...................................................................... 6-20Corrosion Protection

Cleaning the interior ......................................................... 4-6Protecting your Hyundai from corrosion .......................... 4-2Washing and waxing ........................................................ 4-4

DDefrosting/Defogging ........................................... 1-106, 1-109Door

Central door locks ............................................................ 1-7Door locks ......................................................................... 1-4Door ajar warning light and chime ................................ 1-66Locking and unlocking front door with a key .................. 1-5

Drink Holder ....................................................................... 1-78Driving

Economical driving ......................................................... 2-15Smooth cornering ........................................................... 2-16Winter driving .................................................................. 2-16

EEmission Control System ..................................................... 7-2Engine

Before starting the engine ................................................ 2-3Compartment .................................................................... 6-2Coolant .............................................................................. 6-7Coolant temperature gauge ........................................... 1-69If the engine overheats ..................................................... 3-4Number ............................................................................. 8-3Oil ...................................................................................... 6-4Starting .............................................................................. 2-5

Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous! .................................. 2-2

FFan Speed Control ............................................... 1-100, 1-112Fog Light

Front ................................................................................ 1-76Front Seats

Adjustable headrests ...................................................... 1-15Adjusting seat forward and rearward ............................ 1-14Adjusting seatback angle ............................................... 1-15Seat cushion height adjustment ................................... 1-16

FuelCapacity ............................................................................ 9-2Gauge .............................................................................. 1-69Recommendations ............................................................ 1-2

10 INDEX

4

Fuel Filler LidRemote release .............................................................. 1-91

Fuse Panel Description ..................................................... 6-28Fuses .................................................................................. 6-16

GGeneral Checks ................................................................... 6-3Glove Box ........................................................................... 1-84

HHazard Warning System .................................................... 1-75Headlight

Replacement ................................................................... 6-22Switch .............................................................................. 1-72

Heating and Cooling Control ............................................ 1-99Air flow control ............................................................. 1-101Air intake control switch ............................................... 1-100Defrosting/Defogging .................................................... 1-106Fan speed control (Blower control) ............................. 1-100Temperature control ..................................................... 1-104

High-Mounted Rear Stop Light ......................................... 1-89Hood Release .................................................................... 1-90Horn .................................................................................... 1-98

IIgnition Switch ...................................................................... 2-4Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ............................ 1-60Instrument Panel Light Control (Rheostat) ....................... 1-75Interior Light ....................................................................... 1-83

JJump Starting ....................................................................... 3-3

KKey ........................................................................................ 1-4

If you lose your keys ...................................................... 3-16Positions ............................................................................ 2-4

LLight Bulb Watages ............................................................ 6-27Light Bulbs Replacement .................................................. 6-22Lubrication Chart .................................................................. 9-4Luggage Net ...................................................................... 1-95

MMaintenance Intervals .......................................................... 5-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ................ 5-7Maintenance under severe usage conditions ................. 5-6Scheduled maintenance .................................................. 5-4Service requirements ........................................................ 5-2

10INDEX

5

Maintenance Precautions .................................................... 6-4Map Light ............................................................................ 1-83Mirrors

Day/Night inside rearview mirror ................................... 1-88Outside rearview ............................................................. 1-85Outside rearview mirror heater ...................................... 1-87

Multi Box ............................................................................. 1-85

OOdometer/Trip Odometer ................................................... 1-70Outside Rearview Mirror .................................................... 1-85

PParking Brake ..................................................................... 1-88Power Outlet ....................................................................... 1-77Power Steering Fluid Level ............................................... 6-21

RRear Seat

Folding rear seatbacks ................................................... 1-18Warning ........................................................................... 1-22

Rear Window Defroster Switch ......................................... 1-76Reporting Safety Defects ................................................... 8-18

SSeat

Front ................................................................................ 1-14Rear ................................................................................. 1-17

Seat Belts ........................................................................... 1-223-Point system ................................................................ 1-26Adjusting your seat belt .................................................. 1-28Care of seat belts ........................................................... 1-24Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................... 1-38Precautions ..................................................................... 1-22

Speedometer ...................................................................... 1-70Starting Procedure ............................................................... 2-5Steering Wheel Tilt Lever .................................................. 1-98Stereo Sound System ...................................................... 1-117Sun Visor ............................................................................ 1-96Sunglass Holder ................................................................ 1-84Sunroof ............................................................................... 1-79

TTachometer ......................................................................... 1-70Theft-Alarm System .............................................................. 1-8Tires

All season tires ............................................................... 8-10Balancing ........................................................................ 8-12Chains ............................................................................. 8-10Changing a flat tire ........................................................... 3-7

10 INDEX

6

Checking the inflation pressure ....................................... 8-5If you have a flat tire ......................................................... 3-7Information ........................................................................ 8-3Maintenance ................................................................... 8-13Pressure ............................................................................ 8-3Replacement ................................................................... 8-12Rotation ........................................................................... 8-11Sidewall labeling .............................................................. 8-6Snow tires ....................................................................... 8-10Spare tire .......................................................................... 3-5Terminology and definitions ............................................. 8-8Traction ........................................................................... 8-12

TowingA trailer (or vehicle) ........................................................ 2-20Emergency ...................................................................... 3-14If your vehicle must be towed ........................................ 3-12

TransaxleAutomatic .......................................................................... 2-9Automatic transaxle fluid checking ................................ 6-11Manual .............................................................................. 2-6Manual transaxle oil checking ....................................... 6-11

Trip Odometer .................................................................... 1-71Trunk Lid/Tail Gate ............................................................. 1-93

Remote trunk lid release ................................................ 1-94

VVehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................................... 8-2Vehicle Load Limit ............................................................. 2-20Vehicle Specifications .......................................................... 9-1

WWarning and Indicator Lights ............................................ 1-64Warranties for Your Hyundai Vehicle ............................... 8-15Windows ............................................................................. 1-11

Window lock .................................................................... 1-12Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch .............................. 1-73

Adjustable Intermittent wiper operation ......................... 1-74Mist wiper operation ....................................................... 1-74Rear window wiper and washer .................................... 1-75Washer reservoir ............................................................ 6-10Windshield washer operation ........................................ 1-74

Windshield Wiper Blades .................................................... 6-9

A000A01A-AAT

This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the use of the next owner.

OWNER'S I.D.

ORIGINAL OWNER

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

DELIVERY DATE

(Date Sold to Original Retail purchaser)

DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

Seoul Korea

Printing: JAN. 23, 2006Publication No.: A1EO-EU61CPrinted in Korea

SERVICE STATION INFORMATIONFUEL:UNLEADED gasoline onlyPump Octane Rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.

FUEL TANK CAPACITYOriginal, US.gal (Imp.gal., liter) 11.9 (9.9, 45)

TIRE PRESSURE:See the label on the driver's side of the center pillar outer panel.

OTHER TIRE INFORMATION:See pages 8-3 through 8-14.

HOOD RELEASE:Pull handle under left side of dash.

ENGINE OIL:API grade SJ, SL or ABOVE / ILSAC grade GF-3 or ABOVE and fuelefficient oil. Use SAE 5W-20, 5W-30 or 10W-30 if normal tempera-tures are above 0°F (-18°C). For other viscosity recommendations,see page 6-4 or 9-4.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE:HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/85 (API GL-4) Oil levelshould be up to filler-bolt hole in housing beside differential.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE:Apply the parking brake, with the engine running, shift the selector leverthrough all ranges and return to “N” (Neutral) position. Then check thelevel of fluid on the dipstick. Use only HYUNDAI GENUINE ATFSP III, DIAMOND ATF SP III, SK ATF SP III or other brands meetingthe SP III specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co..

QUICK INDEXo Car will not start ....................................................................... 3-2o Flat tire ...................................................................................... 3-7o Warning light/chime comes on ..................................... 1-64 ~ 1-68o Engine overheats ....................................................................... 3-4o Towing of your vehicle .......................................................... 3-12o Starting the engine ..................................................................... 2-5o Driving tips for first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ............................ 1-3o Scheduled maintenance .............................................................. 5-4o Reporting safety defects ......................................................... 8-18